]> git.saurik.com Git - bison.git/blob - doc/bison.texinfo
Rename %before-definitions to %start-header and %after-definitions to
[bison.git] / doc / bison.texinfo
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @comment %**start of header
3 @setfilename bison.info
4 @include version.texi
5 @settitle Bison @value{VERSION}
6 @setchapternewpage odd
7
8 @finalout
9
10 @c SMALL BOOK version
11 @c This edition has been formatted so that you can format and print it in
12 @c the smallbook format.
13 @c @smallbook
14
15 @c Set following if you want to document %default-prec and %no-default-prec.
16 @c This feature is experimental and may change in future Bison versions.
17 @c @set defaultprec
18
19 @ifnotinfo
20 @syncodeindex fn cp
21 @syncodeindex vr cp
22 @syncodeindex tp cp
23 @end ifnotinfo
24 @ifinfo
25 @synindex fn cp
26 @synindex vr cp
27 @synindex tp cp
28 @end ifinfo
29 @comment %**end of header
30
31 @copying
32
33 This manual is for @acronym{GNU} Bison (version @value{VERSION},
34 @value{UPDATED}), the @acronym{GNU} parser generator.
35
36 Copyright @copyright{} 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1995, 1998,
37 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
38
39 @quotation
40 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
41 under the terms of the @acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License,
42 Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software
43 Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover texts
44 being ``A @acronym{GNU} Manual,'' and with the Back-Cover Texts as in
45 (a) below. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
46 ``@acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License.''
47
48 (a) The @acronym{FSF}'s Back-Cover Text is: ``You have freedom to copy
49 and modify this @acronym{GNU} Manual, like @acronym{GNU} software.
50 Copies published by the Free Software Foundation raise funds for
51 @acronym{GNU} development.''
52 @end quotation
53 @end copying
54
55 @dircategory Software development
56 @direntry
57 * bison: (bison). @acronym{GNU} parser generator (Yacc replacement).
58 @end direntry
59
60 @titlepage
61 @title Bison
62 @subtitle The Yacc-compatible Parser Generator
63 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}, Bison Version @value{VERSION}
64
65 @author by Charles Donnelly and Richard Stallman
66
67 @page
68 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
69 @insertcopying
70 @sp 2
71 Published by the Free Software Foundation @*
72 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor @*
73 Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA @*
74 Printed copies are available from the Free Software Foundation.@*
75 @acronym{ISBN} 1-882114-44-2
76 @sp 2
77 Cover art by Etienne Suvasa.
78 @end titlepage
79
80 @contents
81
82 @ifnottex
83 @node Top
84 @top Bison
85 @insertcopying
86 @end ifnottex
87
88 @menu
89 * Introduction::
90 * Conditions::
91 * Copying:: The @acronym{GNU} General Public License says
92 how you can copy and share Bison
93
94 Tutorial sections:
95 * Concepts:: Basic concepts for understanding Bison.
96 * Examples:: Three simple explained examples of using Bison.
97
98 Reference sections:
99 * Grammar File:: Writing Bison declarations and rules.
100 * Interface:: C-language interface to the parser function @code{yyparse}.
101 * Algorithm:: How the Bison parser works at run-time.
102 * Error Recovery:: Writing rules for error recovery.
103 * Context Dependency:: What to do if your language syntax is too
104 messy for Bison to handle straightforwardly.
105 * Debugging:: Understanding or debugging Bison parsers.
106 * Invocation:: How to run Bison (to produce the parser source file).
107 * C++ Language Interface:: Creating C++ parser objects.
108 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
109 * Table of Symbols:: All the keywords of the Bison language are explained.
110 * Glossary:: Basic concepts are explained.
111 * Copying This Manual:: License for copying this manual.
112 * Index:: Cross-references to the text.
113
114 @detailmenu
115 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
116
117 The Concepts of Bison
118
119 * Language and Grammar:: Languages and context-free grammars,
120 as mathematical ideas.
121 * Grammar in Bison:: How we represent grammars for Bison's sake.
122 * Semantic Values:: Each token or syntactic grouping can have
123 a semantic value (the value of an integer,
124 the name of an identifier, etc.).
125 * Semantic Actions:: Each rule can have an action containing C code.
126 * GLR Parsers:: Writing parsers for general context-free languages.
127 * Locations Overview:: Tracking Locations.
128 * Bison Parser:: What are Bison's input and output,
129 how is the output used?
130 * Stages:: Stages in writing and running Bison grammars.
131 * Grammar Layout:: Overall structure of a Bison grammar file.
132
133 Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers
134
135 * Simple GLR Parsers:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers on unambiguous grammars.
136 * Merging GLR Parses:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers to resolve ambiguities.
137 * GLR Semantic Actions:: Deferred semantic actions have special concerns.
138 * Compiler Requirements:: @acronym{GLR} parsers require a modern C compiler.
139
140 Examples
141
142 * RPN Calc:: Reverse polish notation calculator;
143 a first example with no operator precedence.
144 * Infix Calc:: Infix (algebraic) notation calculator.
145 Operator precedence is introduced.
146 * Simple Error Recovery:: Continuing after syntax errors.
147 * Location Tracking Calc:: Demonstrating the use of @@@var{n} and @@$.
148 * Multi-function Calc:: Calculator with memory and trig functions.
149 It uses multiple data-types for semantic values.
150 * Exercises:: Ideas for improving the multi-function calculator.
151
152 Reverse Polish Notation Calculator
153
154 * Decls: Rpcalc Decls. Prologue (declarations) for rpcalc.
155 * Rules: Rpcalc Rules. Grammar Rules for rpcalc, with explanation.
156 * Lexer: Rpcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
157 * Main: Rpcalc Main. The controlling function.
158 * Error: Rpcalc Error. The error reporting function.
159 * Gen: Rpcalc Gen. Running Bison on the grammar file.
160 * Comp: Rpcalc Compile. Run the C compiler on the output code.
161
162 Grammar Rules for @code{rpcalc}
163
164 * Rpcalc Input::
165 * Rpcalc Line::
166 * Rpcalc Expr::
167
168 Location Tracking Calculator: @code{ltcalc}
169
170 * Decls: Ltcalc Decls. Bison and C declarations for ltcalc.
171 * Rules: Ltcalc Rules. Grammar rules for ltcalc, with explanations.
172 * Lexer: Ltcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
173
174 Multi-Function Calculator: @code{mfcalc}
175
176 * Decl: Mfcalc Decl. Bison declarations for multi-function calculator.
177 * Rules: Mfcalc Rules. Grammar rules for the calculator.
178 * Symtab: Mfcalc Symtab. Symbol table management subroutines.
179
180 Bison Grammar Files
181
182 * Grammar Outline:: Overall layout of the grammar file.
183 * Symbols:: Terminal and nonterminal symbols.
184 * Rules:: How to write grammar rules.
185 * Recursion:: Writing recursive rules.
186 * Semantics:: Semantic values and actions.
187 * Locations:: Locations and actions.
188 * Declarations:: All kinds of Bison declarations are described here.
189 * Multiple Parsers:: Putting more than one Bison parser in one program.
190
191 Outline of a Bison Grammar
192
193 * Prologue:: Syntax and usage of the prologue.
194 * Bison Declarations:: Syntax and usage of the Bison declarations section.
195 * Grammar Rules:: Syntax and usage of the grammar rules section.
196 * Epilogue:: Syntax and usage of the epilogue.
197
198 Defining Language Semantics
199
200 * Value Type:: Specifying one data type for all semantic values.
201 * Multiple Types:: Specifying several alternative data types.
202 * Actions:: An action is the semantic definition of a grammar rule.
203 * Action Types:: Specifying data types for actions to operate on.
204 * Mid-Rule Actions:: Most actions go at the end of a rule.
205 This says when, why and how to use the exceptional
206 action in the middle of a rule.
207
208 Tracking Locations
209
210 * Location Type:: Specifying a data type for locations.
211 * Actions and Locations:: Using locations in actions.
212 * Location Default Action:: Defining a general way to compute locations.
213
214 Bison Declarations
215
216 * Require Decl:: Requiring a Bison version.
217 * Token Decl:: Declaring terminal symbols.
218 * Precedence Decl:: Declaring terminals with precedence and associativity.
219 * Union Decl:: Declaring the set of all semantic value types.
220 * Type Decl:: Declaring the choice of type for a nonterminal symbol.
221 * Initial Action Decl:: Code run before parsing starts.
222 * Destructor Decl:: Declaring how symbols are freed.
223 * Expect Decl:: Suppressing warnings about parsing conflicts.
224 * Start Decl:: Specifying the start symbol.
225 * Pure Decl:: Requesting a reentrant parser.
226 * Decl Summary:: Table of all Bison declarations.
227
228 Parser C-Language Interface
229
230 * Parser Function:: How to call @code{yyparse} and what it returns.
231 * Lexical:: You must supply a function @code{yylex}
232 which reads tokens.
233 * Error Reporting:: You must supply a function @code{yyerror}.
234 * Action Features:: Special features for use in actions.
235 * Internationalization:: How to let the parser speak in the user's
236 native language.
237
238 The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}
239
240 * Calling Convention:: How @code{yyparse} calls @code{yylex}.
241 * Token Values:: How @code{yylex} must return the semantic value
242 of the token it has read.
243 * Token Locations:: How @code{yylex} must return the text location
244 (line number, etc.) of the token, if the
245 actions want that.
246 * Pure Calling:: How the calling convention differs
247 in a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}).
248
249 The Bison Parser Algorithm
250
251 * Lookahead:: Parser looks one token ahead when deciding what to do.
252 * Shift/Reduce:: Conflicts: when either shifting or reduction is valid.
253 * Precedence:: Operator precedence works by resolving conflicts.
254 * Contextual Precedence:: When an operator's precedence depends on context.
255 * Parser States:: The parser is a finite-state-machine with stack.
256 * Reduce/Reduce:: When two rules are applicable in the same situation.
257 * Mystery Conflicts:: Reduce/reduce conflicts that look unjustified.
258 * Generalized LR Parsing:: Parsing arbitrary context-free grammars.
259 * Memory Management:: What happens when memory is exhausted. How to avoid it.
260
261 Operator Precedence
262
263 * Why Precedence:: An example showing why precedence is needed.
264 * Using Precedence:: How to specify precedence in Bison grammars.
265 * Precedence Examples:: How these features are used in the previous example.
266 * How Precedence:: How they work.
267
268 Handling Context Dependencies
269
270 * Semantic Tokens:: Token parsing can depend on the semantic context.
271 * Lexical Tie-ins:: Token parsing can depend on the syntactic context.
272 * Tie-in Recovery:: Lexical tie-ins have implications for how
273 error recovery rules must be written.
274
275 Debugging Your Parser
276
277 * Understanding:: Understanding the structure of your parser.
278 * Tracing:: Tracing the execution of your parser.
279
280 Invoking Bison
281
282 * Bison Options:: All the options described in detail,
283 in alphabetical order by short options.
284 * Option Cross Key:: Alphabetical list of long options.
285 * Yacc Library:: Yacc-compatible @code{yylex} and @code{main}.
286
287 C++ Language Interface
288
289 * C++ Parsers:: The interface to generate C++ parser classes
290 * A Complete C++ Example:: Demonstrating their use
291
292 C++ Parsers
293
294 * C++ Bison Interface:: Asking for C++ parser generation
295 * C++ Semantic Values:: %union vs. C++
296 * C++ Location Values:: The position and location classes
297 * C++ Parser Interface:: Instantiating and running the parser
298 * C++ Scanner Interface:: Exchanges between yylex and parse
299
300 A Complete C++ Example
301
302 * Calc++ --- C++ Calculator:: The specifications
303 * Calc++ Parsing Driver:: An active parsing context
304 * Calc++ Parser:: A parser class
305 * Calc++ Scanner:: A pure C++ Flex scanner
306 * Calc++ Top Level:: Conducting the band
307
308 Frequently Asked Questions
309
310 * Memory Exhausted:: Breaking the Stack Limits
311 * How Can I Reset the Parser:: @code{yyparse} Keeps some State
312 * Strings are Destroyed:: @code{yylval} Loses Track of Strings
313 * Implementing Gotos/Loops:: Control Flow in the Calculator
314 * Multiple start-symbols:: Factoring closely related grammars
315 * Secure? Conform?:: Is Bison @acronym{POSIX} safe?
316 * I can't build Bison:: Troubleshooting
317 * Where can I find help?:: Troubleshouting
318 * Bug Reports:: Troublereporting
319 * Other Languages:: Parsers in Java and others
320 * Beta Testing:: Experimenting development versions
321 * Mailing Lists:: Meeting other Bison users
322
323 Copying This Manual
324
325 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual.
326
327 @end detailmenu
328 @end menu
329
330 @node Introduction
331 @unnumbered Introduction
332 @cindex introduction
333
334 @dfn{Bison} is a general-purpose parser generator that converts an
335 annotated context-free grammar into an @acronym{LALR}(1) or
336 @acronym{GLR} parser for that grammar. Once you are proficient with
337 Bison, you can use it to develop a wide range of language parsers, from those
338 used in simple desk calculators to complex programming languages.
339
340 Bison is upward compatible with Yacc: all properly-written Yacc grammars
341 ought to work with Bison with no change. Anyone familiar with Yacc
342 should be able to use Bison with little trouble. You need to be fluent in
343 C or C++ programming in order to use Bison or to understand this manual.
344
345 We begin with tutorial chapters that explain the basic concepts of using
346 Bison and show three explained examples, each building on the last. If you
347 don't know Bison or Yacc, start by reading these chapters. Reference
348 chapters follow which describe specific aspects of Bison in detail.
349
350 Bison was written primarily by Robert Corbett; Richard Stallman made it
351 Yacc-compatible. Wilfred Hansen of Carnegie Mellon University added
352 multi-character string literals and other features.
353
354 This edition corresponds to version @value{VERSION} of Bison.
355
356 @node Conditions
357 @unnumbered Conditions for Using Bison
358
359 The distribution terms for Bison-generated parsers permit using the
360 parsers in nonfree programs. Before Bison version 2.2, these extra
361 permissions applied only when Bison was generating @acronym{LALR}(1)
362 parsers in C@. And before Bison version 1.24, Bison-generated
363 parsers could be used only in programs that were free software.
364
365 The other @acronym{GNU} programming tools, such as the @acronym{GNU} C
366 compiler, have never
367 had such a requirement. They could always be used for nonfree
368 software. The reason Bison was different was not due to a special
369 policy decision; it resulted from applying the usual General Public
370 License to all of the Bison source code.
371
372 The output of the Bison utility---the Bison parser file---contains a
373 verbatim copy of a sizable piece of Bison, which is the code for the
374 parser's implementation. (The actions from your grammar are inserted
375 into this implementation at one point, but most of the rest of the
376 implementation is not changed.) When we applied the @acronym{GPL}
377 terms to the skeleton code for the parser's implementation,
378 the effect was to restrict the use of Bison output to free software.
379
380 We didn't change the terms because of sympathy for people who want to
381 make software proprietary. @strong{Software should be free.} But we
382 concluded that limiting Bison's use to free software was doing little to
383 encourage people to make other software free. So we decided to make the
384 practical conditions for using Bison match the practical conditions for
385 using the other @acronym{GNU} tools.
386
387 This exception applies when Bison is generating code for a parser.
388 You can tell whether the exception applies to a Bison output file by
389 inspecting the file for text beginning with ``As a special
390 exception@dots{}''. The text spells out the exact terms of the
391 exception.
392
393 @include gpl.texi
394
395 @node Concepts
396 @chapter The Concepts of Bison
397
398 This chapter introduces many of the basic concepts without which the
399 details of Bison will not make sense. If you do not already know how to
400 use Bison or Yacc, we suggest you start by reading this chapter carefully.
401
402 @menu
403 * Language and Grammar:: Languages and context-free grammars,
404 as mathematical ideas.
405 * Grammar in Bison:: How we represent grammars for Bison's sake.
406 * Semantic Values:: Each token or syntactic grouping can have
407 a semantic value (the value of an integer,
408 the name of an identifier, etc.).
409 * Semantic Actions:: Each rule can have an action containing C code.
410 * GLR Parsers:: Writing parsers for general context-free languages.
411 * Locations Overview:: Tracking Locations.
412 * Bison Parser:: What are Bison's input and output,
413 how is the output used?
414 * Stages:: Stages in writing and running Bison grammars.
415 * Grammar Layout:: Overall structure of a Bison grammar file.
416 @end menu
417
418 @node Language and Grammar
419 @section Languages and Context-Free Grammars
420
421 @cindex context-free grammar
422 @cindex grammar, context-free
423 In order for Bison to parse a language, it must be described by a
424 @dfn{context-free grammar}. This means that you specify one or more
425 @dfn{syntactic groupings} and give rules for constructing them from their
426 parts. For example, in the C language, one kind of grouping is called an
427 `expression'. One rule for making an expression might be, ``An expression
428 can be made of a minus sign and another expression''. Another would be,
429 ``An expression can be an integer''. As you can see, rules are often
430 recursive, but there must be at least one rule which leads out of the
431 recursion.
432
433 @cindex @acronym{BNF}
434 @cindex Backus-Naur form
435 The most common formal system for presenting such rules for humans to read
436 is @dfn{Backus-Naur Form} or ``@acronym{BNF}'', which was developed in
437 order to specify the language Algol 60. Any grammar expressed in
438 @acronym{BNF} is a context-free grammar. The input to Bison is
439 essentially machine-readable @acronym{BNF}.
440
441 @cindex @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars
442 @cindex @acronym{LR}(1) grammars
443 There are various important subclasses of context-free grammar. Although it
444 can handle almost all context-free grammars, Bison is optimized for what
445 are called @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars.
446 In brief, in these grammars, it must be possible to
447 tell how to parse any portion of an input string with just a single
448 token of lookahead. Strictly speaking, that is a description of an
449 @acronym{LR}(1) grammar, and @acronym{LALR}(1) involves additional
450 restrictions that are
451 hard to explain simply; but it is rare in actual practice to find an
452 @acronym{LR}(1) grammar that fails to be @acronym{LALR}(1).
453 @xref{Mystery Conflicts, ,Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts}, for
454 more information on this.
455
456 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
457 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
458 @cindex ambiguous grammars
459 @cindex nondeterministic parsing
460
461 Parsers for @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars are @dfn{deterministic}, meaning
462 roughly that the next grammar rule to apply at any point in the input is
463 uniquely determined by the preceding input and a fixed, finite portion
464 (called a @dfn{lookahead}) of the remaining input. A context-free
465 grammar can be @dfn{ambiguous}, meaning that there are multiple ways to
466 apply the grammar rules to get the same inputs. Even unambiguous
467 grammars can be @dfn{nondeterministic}, meaning that no fixed
468 lookahead always suffices to determine the next grammar rule to apply.
469 With the proper declarations, Bison is also able to parse these more
470 general context-free grammars, using a technique known as @acronym{GLR}
471 parsing (for Generalized @acronym{LR}). Bison's @acronym{GLR} parsers
472 are able to handle any context-free grammar for which the number of
473 possible parses of any given string is finite.
474
475 @cindex symbols (abstract)
476 @cindex token
477 @cindex syntactic grouping
478 @cindex grouping, syntactic
479 In the formal grammatical rules for a language, each kind of syntactic
480 unit or grouping is named by a @dfn{symbol}. Those which are built by
481 grouping smaller constructs according to grammatical rules are called
482 @dfn{nonterminal symbols}; those which can't be subdivided are called
483 @dfn{terminal symbols} or @dfn{token types}. We call a piece of input
484 corresponding to a single terminal symbol a @dfn{token}, and a piece
485 corresponding to a single nonterminal symbol a @dfn{grouping}.
486
487 We can use the C language as an example of what symbols, terminal and
488 nonterminal, mean. The tokens of C are identifiers, constants (numeric
489 and string), and the various keywords, arithmetic operators and
490 punctuation marks. So the terminal symbols of a grammar for C include
491 `identifier', `number', `string', plus one symbol for each keyword,
492 operator or punctuation mark: `if', `return', `const', `static', `int',
493 `char', `plus-sign', `open-brace', `close-brace', `comma' and many more.
494 (These tokens can be subdivided into characters, but that is a matter of
495 lexicography, not grammar.)
496
497 Here is a simple C function subdivided into tokens:
498
499 @ifinfo
500 @example
501 int /* @r{keyword `int'} */
502 square (int x) /* @r{identifier, open-paren, keyword `int',}
503 @r{identifier, close-paren} */
504 @{ /* @r{open-brace} */
505 return x * x; /* @r{keyword `return', identifier, asterisk,}
506 @r{identifier, semicolon} */
507 @} /* @r{close-brace} */
508 @end example
509 @end ifinfo
510 @ifnotinfo
511 @example
512 int /* @r{keyword `int'} */
513 square (int x) /* @r{identifier, open-paren, keyword `int', identifier, close-paren} */
514 @{ /* @r{open-brace} */
515 return x * x; /* @r{keyword `return', identifier, asterisk, identifier, semicolon} */
516 @} /* @r{close-brace} */
517 @end example
518 @end ifnotinfo
519
520 The syntactic groupings of C include the expression, the statement, the
521 declaration, and the function definition. These are represented in the
522 grammar of C by nonterminal symbols `expression', `statement',
523 `declaration' and `function definition'. The full grammar uses dozens of
524 additional language constructs, each with its own nonterminal symbol, in
525 order to express the meanings of these four. The example above is a
526 function definition; it contains one declaration, and one statement. In
527 the statement, each @samp{x} is an expression and so is @samp{x * x}.
528
529 Each nonterminal symbol must have grammatical rules showing how it is made
530 out of simpler constructs. For example, one kind of C statement is the
531 @code{return} statement; this would be described with a grammar rule which
532 reads informally as follows:
533
534 @quotation
535 A `statement' can be made of a `return' keyword, an `expression' and a
536 `semicolon'.
537 @end quotation
538
539 @noindent
540 There would be many other rules for `statement', one for each kind of
541 statement in C.
542
543 @cindex start symbol
544 One nonterminal symbol must be distinguished as the special one which
545 defines a complete utterance in the language. It is called the @dfn{start
546 symbol}. In a compiler, this means a complete input program. In the C
547 language, the nonterminal symbol `sequence of definitions and declarations'
548 plays this role.
549
550 For example, @samp{1 + 2} is a valid C expression---a valid part of a C
551 program---but it is not valid as an @emph{entire} C program. In the
552 context-free grammar of C, this follows from the fact that `expression' is
553 not the start symbol.
554
555 The Bison parser reads a sequence of tokens as its input, and groups the
556 tokens using the grammar rules. If the input is valid, the end result is
557 that the entire token sequence reduces to a single grouping whose symbol is
558 the grammar's start symbol. If we use a grammar for C, the entire input
559 must be a `sequence of definitions and declarations'. If not, the parser
560 reports a syntax error.
561
562 @node Grammar in Bison
563 @section From Formal Rules to Bison Input
564 @cindex Bison grammar
565 @cindex grammar, Bison
566 @cindex formal grammar
567
568 A formal grammar is a mathematical construct. To define the language
569 for Bison, you must write a file expressing the grammar in Bison syntax:
570 a @dfn{Bison grammar} file. @xref{Grammar File, ,Bison Grammar Files}.
571
572 A nonterminal symbol in the formal grammar is represented in Bison input
573 as an identifier, like an identifier in C@. By convention, it should be
574 in lower case, such as @code{expr}, @code{stmt} or @code{declaration}.
575
576 The Bison representation for a terminal symbol is also called a @dfn{token
577 type}. Token types as well can be represented as C-like identifiers. By
578 convention, these identifiers should be upper case to distinguish them from
579 nonterminals: for example, @code{INTEGER}, @code{IDENTIFIER}, @code{IF} or
580 @code{RETURN}. A terminal symbol that stands for a particular keyword in
581 the language should be named after that keyword converted to upper case.
582 The terminal symbol @code{error} is reserved for error recovery.
583 @xref{Symbols}.
584
585 A terminal symbol can also be represented as a character literal, just like
586 a C character constant. You should do this whenever a token is just a
587 single character (parenthesis, plus-sign, etc.): use that same character in
588 a literal as the terminal symbol for that token.
589
590 A third way to represent a terminal symbol is with a C string constant
591 containing several characters. @xref{Symbols}, for more information.
592
593 The grammar rules also have an expression in Bison syntax. For example,
594 here is the Bison rule for a C @code{return} statement. The semicolon in
595 quotes is a literal character token, representing part of the C syntax for
596 the statement; the naked semicolon, and the colon, are Bison punctuation
597 used in every rule.
598
599 @example
600 stmt: RETURN expr ';'
601 ;
602 @end example
603
604 @noindent
605 @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
606
607 @node Semantic Values
608 @section Semantic Values
609 @cindex semantic value
610 @cindex value, semantic
611
612 A formal grammar selects tokens only by their classifications: for example,
613 if a rule mentions the terminal symbol `integer constant', it means that
614 @emph{any} integer constant is grammatically valid in that position. The
615 precise value of the constant is irrelevant to how to parse the input: if
616 @samp{x+4} is grammatical then @samp{x+1} or @samp{x+3989} is equally
617 grammatical.
618
619 But the precise value is very important for what the input means once it is
620 parsed. A compiler is useless if it fails to distinguish between 4, 1 and
621 3989 as constants in the program! Therefore, each token in a Bison grammar
622 has both a token type and a @dfn{semantic value}. @xref{Semantics,
623 ,Defining Language Semantics},
624 for details.
625
626 The token type is a terminal symbol defined in the grammar, such as
627 @code{INTEGER}, @code{IDENTIFIER} or @code{','}. It tells everything
628 you need to know to decide where the token may validly appear and how to
629 group it with other tokens. The grammar rules know nothing about tokens
630 except their types.
631
632 The semantic value has all the rest of the information about the
633 meaning of the token, such as the value of an integer, or the name of an
634 identifier. (A token such as @code{','} which is just punctuation doesn't
635 need to have any semantic value.)
636
637 For example, an input token might be classified as token type
638 @code{INTEGER} and have the semantic value 4. Another input token might
639 have the same token type @code{INTEGER} but value 3989. When a grammar
640 rule says that @code{INTEGER} is allowed, either of these tokens is
641 acceptable because each is an @code{INTEGER}. When the parser accepts the
642 token, it keeps track of the token's semantic value.
643
644 Each grouping can also have a semantic value as well as its nonterminal
645 symbol. For example, in a calculator, an expression typically has a
646 semantic value that is a number. In a compiler for a programming
647 language, an expression typically has a semantic value that is a tree
648 structure describing the meaning of the expression.
649
650 @node Semantic Actions
651 @section Semantic Actions
652 @cindex semantic actions
653 @cindex actions, semantic
654
655 In order to be useful, a program must do more than parse input; it must
656 also produce some output based on the input. In a Bison grammar, a grammar
657 rule can have an @dfn{action} made up of C statements. Each time the
658 parser recognizes a match for that rule, the action is executed.
659 @xref{Actions}.
660
661 Most of the time, the purpose of an action is to compute the semantic value
662 of the whole construct from the semantic values of its parts. For example,
663 suppose we have a rule which says an expression can be the sum of two
664 expressions. When the parser recognizes such a sum, each of the
665 subexpressions has a semantic value which describes how it was built up.
666 The action for this rule should create a similar sort of value for the
667 newly recognized larger expression.
668
669 For example, here is a rule that says an expression can be the sum of
670 two subexpressions:
671
672 @example
673 expr: expr '+' expr @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
674 ;
675 @end example
676
677 @noindent
678 The action says how to produce the semantic value of the sum expression
679 from the values of the two subexpressions.
680
681 @node GLR Parsers
682 @section Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers
683 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
684 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
685 @findex %glr-parser
686 @cindex conflicts
687 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
688 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
689
690 In some grammars, Bison's standard
691 @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing algorithm cannot decide whether to apply a
692 certain grammar rule at a given point. That is, it may not be able to
693 decide (on the basis of the input read so far) which of two possible
694 reductions (applications of a grammar rule) applies, or whether to apply
695 a reduction or read more of the input and apply a reduction later in the
696 input. These are known respectively as @dfn{reduce/reduce} conflicts
697 (@pxref{Reduce/Reduce}), and @dfn{shift/reduce} conflicts
698 (@pxref{Shift/Reduce}).
699
700 To use a grammar that is not easily modified to be @acronym{LALR}(1), a
701 more general parsing algorithm is sometimes necessary. If you include
702 @code{%glr-parser} among the Bison declarations in your file
703 (@pxref{Grammar Outline}), the result is a Generalized @acronym{LR}
704 (@acronym{GLR}) parser. These parsers handle Bison grammars that
705 contain no unresolved conflicts (i.e., after applying precedence
706 declarations) identically to @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers. However, when
707 faced with unresolved shift/reduce and reduce/reduce conflicts,
708 @acronym{GLR} parsers use the simple expedient of doing both,
709 effectively cloning the parser to follow both possibilities. Each of
710 the resulting parsers can again split, so that at any given time, there
711 can be any number of possible parses being explored. The parsers
712 proceed in lockstep; that is, all of them consume (shift) a given input
713 symbol before any of them proceed to the next. Each of the cloned
714 parsers eventually meets one of two possible fates: either it runs into
715 a parsing error, in which case it simply vanishes, or it merges with
716 another parser, because the two of them have reduced the input to an
717 identical set of symbols.
718
719 During the time that there are multiple parsers, semantic actions are
720 recorded, but not performed. When a parser disappears, its recorded
721 semantic actions disappear as well, and are never performed. When a
722 reduction makes two parsers identical, causing them to merge, Bison
723 records both sets of semantic actions. Whenever the last two parsers
724 merge, reverting to the single-parser case, Bison resolves all the
725 outstanding actions either by precedences given to the grammar rules
726 involved, or by performing both actions, and then calling a designated
727 user-defined function on the resulting values to produce an arbitrary
728 merged result.
729
730 @menu
731 * Simple GLR Parsers:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers on unambiguous grammars.
732 * Merging GLR Parses:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers to resolve ambiguities.
733 * GLR Semantic Actions:: Deferred semantic actions have special concerns.
734 * Compiler Requirements:: @acronym{GLR} parsers require a modern C compiler.
735 @end menu
736
737 @node Simple GLR Parsers
738 @subsection Using @acronym{GLR} on Unambiguous Grammars
739 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing, unambiguous grammars
740 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing, unambiguous grammars
741 @findex %glr-parser
742 @findex %expect-rr
743 @cindex conflicts
744 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
745 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
746
747 In the simplest cases, you can use the @acronym{GLR} algorithm
748 to parse grammars that are unambiguous, but fail to be @acronym{LALR}(1).
749 Such grammars typically require more than one symbol of lookahead,
750 or (in rare cases) fall into the category of grammars in which the
751 @acronym{LALR}(1) algorithm throws away too much information (they are in
752 @acronym{LR}(1), but not @acronym{LALR}(1), @ref{Mystery Conflicts}).
753
754 Consider a problem that
755 arises in the declaration of enumerated and subrange types in the
756 programming language Pascal. Here are some examples:
757
758 @example
759 type subrange = lo .. hi;
760 type enum = (a, b, c);
761 @end example
762
763 @noindent
764 The original language standard allows only numeric
765 literals and constant identifiers for the subrange bounds (@samp{lo}
766 and @samp{hi}), but Extended Pascal (@acronym{ISO}/@acronym{IEC}
767 10206) and many other
768 Pascal implementations allow arbitrary expressions there. This gives
769 rise to the following situation, containing a superfluous pair of
770 parentheses:
771
772 @example
773 type subrange = (a) .. b;
774 @end example
775
776 @noindent
777 Compare this to the following declaration of an enumerated
778 type with only one value:
779
780 @example
781 type enum = (a);
782 @end example
783
784 @noindent
785 (These declarations are contrived, but they are syntactically
786 valid, and more-complicated cases can come up in practical programs.)
787
788 These two declarations look identical until the @samp{..} token.
789 With normal @acronym{LALR}(1) one-token lookahead it is not
790 possible to decide between the two forms when the identifier
791 @samp{a} is parsed. It is, however, desirable
792 for a parser to decide this, since in the latter case
793 @samp{a} must become a new identifier to represent the enumeration
794 value, while in the former case @samp{a} must be evaluated with its
795 current meaning, which may be a constant or even a function call.
796
797 You could parse @samp{(a)} as an ``unspecified identifier in parentheses'',
798 to be resolved later, but this typically requires substantial
799 contortions in both semantic actions and large parts of the
800 grammar, where the parentheses are nested in the recursive rules for
801 expressions.
802
803 You might think of using the lexer to distinguish between the two
804 forms by returning different tokens for currently defined and
805 undefined identifiers. But if these declarations occur in a local
806 scope, and @samp{a} is defined in an outer scope, then both forms
807 are possible---either locally redefining @samp{a}, or using the
808 value of @samp{a} from the outer scope. So this approach cannot
809 work.
810
811 A simple solution to this problem is to declare the parser to
812 use the @acronym{GLR} algorithm.
813 When the @acronym{GLR} parser reaches the critical state, it
814 merely splits into two branches and pursues both syntax rules
815 simultaneously. Sooner or later, one of them runs into a parsing
816 error. If there is a @samp{..} token before the next
817 @samp{;}, the rule for enumerated types fails since it cannot
818 accept @samp{..} anywhere; otherwise, the subrange type rule
819 fails since it requires a @samp{..} token. So one of the branches
820 fails silently, and the other one continues normally, performing
821 all the intermediate actions that were postponed during the split.
822
823 If the input is syntactically incorrect, both branches fail and the parser
824 reports a syntax error as usual.
825
826 The effect of all this is that the parser seems to ``guess'' the
827 correct branch to take, or in other words, it seems to use more
828 lookahead than the underlying @acronym{LALR}(1) algorithm actually allows
829 for. In this example, @acronym{LALR}(2) would suffice, but also some cases
830 that are not @acronym{LALR}(@math{k}) for any @math{k} can be handled this way.
831
832 In general, a @acronym{GLR} parser can take quadratic or cubic worst-case time,
833 and the current Bison parser even takes exponential time and space
834 for some grammars. In practice, this rarely happens, and for many
835 grammars it is possible to prove that it cannot happen.
836 The present example contains only one conflict between two
837 rules, and the type-declaration context containing the conflict
838 cannot be nested. So the number of
839 branches that can exist at any time is limited by the constant 2,
840 and the parsing time is still linear.
841
842 Here is a Bison grammar corresponding to the example above. It
843 parses a vastly simplified form of Pascal type declarations.
844
845 @example
846 %token TYPE DOTDOT ID
847
848 @group
849 %left '+' '-'
850 %left '*' '/'
851 @end group
852
853 %%
854
855 @group
856 type_decl : TYPE ID '=' type ';'
857 ;
858 @end group
859
860 @group
861 type : '(' id_list ')'
862 | expr DOTDOT expr
863 ;
864 @end group
865
866 @group
867 id_list : ID
868 | id_list ',' ID
869 ;
870 @end group
871
872 @group
873 expr : '(' expr ')'
874 | expr '+' expr
875 | expr '-' expr
876 | expr '*' expr
877 | expr '/' expr
878 | ID
879 ;
880 @end group
881 @end example
882
883 When used as a normal @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar, Bison correctly complains
884 about one reduce/reduce conflict. In the conflicting situation the
885 parser chooses one of the alternatives, arbitrarily the one
886 declared first. Therefore the following correct input is not
887 recognized:
888
889 @example
890 type t = (a) .. b;
891 @end example
892
893 The parser can be turned into a @acronym{GLR} parser, while also telling Bison
894 to be silent about the one known reduce/reduce conflict, by
895 adding these two declarations to the Bison input file (before the first
896 @samp{%%}):
897
898 @example
899 %glr-parser
900 %expect-rr 1
901 @end example
902
903 @noindent
904 No change in the grammar itself is required. Now the
905 parser recognizes all valid declarations, according to the
906 limited syntax above, transparently. In fact, the user does not even
907 notice when the parser splits.
908
909 So here we have a case where we can use the benefits of @acronym{GLR},
910 almost without disadvantages. Even in simple cases like this, however,
911 there are at least two potential problems to beware. First, always
912 analyze the conflicts reported by Bison to make sure that @acronym{GLR}
913 splitting is only done where it is intended. A @acronym{GLR} parser
914 splitting inadvertently may cause problems less obvious than an
915 @acronym{LALR} parser statically choosing the wrong alternative in a
916 conflict. Second, consider interactions with the lexer (@pxref{Semantic
917 Tokens}) with great care. Since a split parser consumes tokens without
918 performing any actions during the split, the lexer cannot obtain
919 information via parser actions. Some cases of lexer interactions can be
920 eliminated by using @acronym{GLR} to shift the complications from the
921 lexer to the parser. You must check the remaining cases for
922 correctness.
923
924 In our example, it would be safe for the lexer to return tokens based on
925 their current meanings in some symbol table, because no new symbols are
926 defined in the middle of a type declaration. Though it is possible for
927 a parser to define the enumeration constants as they are parsed, before
928 the type declaration is completed, it actually makes no difference since
929 they cannot be used within the same enumerated type declaration.
930
931 @node Merging GLR Parses
932 @subsection Using @acronym{GLR} to Resolve Ambiguities
933 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing, ambiguous grammars
934 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing, ambiguous grammars
935 @findex %dprec
936 @findex %merge
937 @cindex conflicts
938 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
939
940 Let's consider an example, vastly simplified from a C++ grammar.
941
942 @example
943 %@{
944 #include <stdio.h>
945 #define YYSTYPE char const *
946 int yylex (void);
947 void yyerror (char const *);
948 %@}
949
950 %token TYPENAME ID
951
952 %right '='
953 %left '+'
954
955 %glr-parser
956
957 %%
958
959 prog :
960 | prog stmt @{ printf ("\n"); @}
961 ;
962
963 stmt : expr ';' %dprec 1
964 | decl %dprec 2
965 ;
966
967 expr : ID @{ printf ("%s ", $$); @}
968 | TYPENAME '(' expr ')'
969 @{ printf ("%s <cast> ", $1); @}
970 | expr '+' expr @{ printf ("+ "); @}
971 | expr '=' expr @{ printf ("= "); @}
972 ;
973
974 decl : TYPENAME declarator ';'
975 @{ printf ("%s <declare> ", $1); @}
976 | TYPENAME declarator '=' expr ';'
977 @{ printf ("%s <init-declare> ", $1); @}
978 ;
979
980 declarator : ID @{ printf ("\"%s\" ", $1); @}
981 | '(' declarator ')'
982 ;
983 @end example
984
985 @noindent
986 This models a problematic part of the C++ grammar---the ambiguity between
987 certain declarations and statements. For example,
988
989 @example
990 T (x) = y+z;
991 @end example
992
993 @noindent
994 parses as either an @code{expr} or a @code{stmt}
995 (assuming that @samp{T} is recognized as a @code{TYPENAME} and
996 @samp{x} as an @code{ID}).
997 Bison detects this as a reduce/reduce conflict between the rules
998 @code{expr : ID} and @code{declarator : ID}, which it cannot resolve at the
999 time it encounters @code{x} in the example above. Since this is a
1000 @acronym{GLR} parser, it therefore splits the problem into two parses, one for
1001 each choice of resolving the reduce/reduce conflict.
1002 Unlike the example from the previous section (@pxref{Simple GLR Parsers}),
1003 however, neither of these parses ``dies,'' because the grammar as it stands is
1004 ambiguous. One of the parsers eventually reduces @code{stmt : expr ';'} and
1005 the other reduces @code{stmt : decl}, after which both parsers are in an
1006 identical state: they've seen @samp{prog stmt} and have the same unprocessed
1007 input remaining. We say that these parses have @dfn{merged.}
1008
1009 At this point, the @acronym{GLR} parser requires a specification in the
1010 grammar of how to choose between the competing parses.
1011 In the example above, the two @code{%dprec}
1012 declarations specify that Bison is to give precedence
1013 to the parse that interprets the example as a
1014 @code{decl}, which implies that @code{x} is a declarator.
1015 The parser therefore prints
1016
1017 @example
1018 "x" y z + T <init-declare>
1019 @end example
1020
1021 The @code{%dprec} declarations only come into play when more than one
1022 parse survives. Consider a different input string for this parser:
1023
1024 @example
1025 T (x) + y;
1026 @end example
1027
1028 @noindent
1029 This is another example of using @acronym{GLR} to parse an unambiguous
1030 construct, as shown in the previous section (@pxref{Simple GLR Parsers}).
1031 Here, there is no ambiguity (this cannot be parsed as a declaration).
1032 However, at the time the Bison parser encounters @code{x}, it does not
1033 have enough information to resolve the reduce/reduce conflict (again,
1034 between @code{x} as an @code{expr} or a @code{declarator}). In this
1035 case, no precedence declaration is used. Again, the parser splits
1036 into two, one assuming that @code{x} is an @code{expr}, and the other
1037 assuming @code{x} is a @code{declarator}. The second of these parsers
1038 then vanishes when it sees @code{+}, and the parser prints
1039
1040 @example
1041 x T <cast> y +
1042 @end example
1043
1044 Suppose that instead of resolving the ambiguity, you wanted to see all
1045 the possibilities. For this purpose, you must merge the semantic
1046 actions of the two possible parsers, rather than choosing one over the
1047 other. To do so, you could change the declaration of @code{stmt} as
1048 follows:
1049
1050 @example
1051 stmt : expr ';' %merge <stmtMerge>
1052 | decl %merge <stmtMerge>
1053 ;
1054 @end example
1055
1056 @noindent
1057 and define the @code{stmtMerge} function as:
1058
1059 @example
1060 static YYSTYPE
1061 stmtMerge (YYSTYPE x0, YYSTYPE x1)
1062 @{
1063 printf ("<OR> ");
1064 return "";
1065 @}
1066 @end example
1067
1068 @noindent
1069 with an accompanying forward declaration
1070 in the C declarations at the beginning of the file:
1071
1072 @example
1073 %@{
1074 #define YYSTYPE char const *
1075 static YYSTYPE stmtMerge (YYSTYPE x0, YYSTYPE x1);
1076 %@}
1077 @end example
1078
1079 @noindent
1080 With these declarations, the resulting parser parses the first example
1081 as both an @code{expr} and a @code{decl}, and prints
1082
1083 @example
1084 "x" y z + T <init-declare> x T <cast> y z + = <OR>
1085 @end example
1086
1087 Bison requires that all of the
1088 productions that participate in any particular merge have identical
1089 @samp{%merge} clauses. Otherwise, the ambiguity would be unresolvable,
1090 and the parser will report an error during any parse that results in
1091 the offending merge.
1092
1093 @node GLR Semantic Actions
1094 @subsection GLR Semantic Actions
1095
1096 @cindex deferred semantic actions
1097 By definition, a deferred semantic action is not performed at the same time as
1098 the associated reduction.
1099 This raises caveats for several Bison features you might use in a semantic
1100 action in a @acronym{GLR} parser.
1101
1102 @vindex yychar
1103 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yychar}
1104 @vindex yylval
1105 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yylval}
1106 @vindex yylloc
1107 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yylloc}
1108 In any semantic action, you can examine @code{yychar} to determine the type of
1109 the lookahead token present at the time of the associated reduction.
1110 After checking that @code{yychar} is not set to @code{YYEMPTY} or @code{YYEOF},
1111 you can then examine @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc} to determine the
1112 lookahead token's semantic value and location, if any.
1113 In a nondeferred semantic action, you can also modify any of these variables to
1114 influence syntax analysis.
1115 @xref{Lookahead, ,Lookahead Tokens}.
1116
1117 @findex yyclearin
1118 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yyclearin}
1119 In a deferred semantic action, it's too late to influence syntax analysis.
1120 In this case, @code{yychar}, @code{yylval}, and @code{yylloc} are set to
1121 shallow copies of the values they had at the time of the associated reduction.
1122 For this reason alone, modifying them is dangerous.
1123 Moreover, the result of modifying them is undefined and subject to change with
1124 future versions of Bison.
1125 For example, if a semantic action might be deferred, you should never write it
1126 to invoke @code{yyclearin} (@pxref{Action Features}) or to attempt to free
1127 memory referenced by @code{yylval}.
1128
1129 @findex YYERROR
1130 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{YYERROR}
1131 Another Bison feature requiring special consideration is @code{YYERROR}
1132 (@pxref{Action Features}), which you can invoke in a semantic action to
1133 initiate error recovery.
1134 During deterministic @acronym{GLR} operation, the effect of @code{YYERROR} is
1135 the same as its effect in an @acronym{LALR}(1) parser.
1136 In a deferred semantic action, its effect is undefined.
1137 @c The effect is probably a syntax error at the split point.
1138
1139 Also, see @ref{Location Default Action, ,Default Action for Locations}, which
1140 describes a special usage of @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} in @acronym{GLR} parsers.
1141
1142 @node Compiler Requirements
1143 @subsection Considerations when Compiling @acronym{GLR} Parsers
1144 @cindex @code{inline}
1145 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{inline}
1146
1147 The @acronym{GLR} parsers require a compiler for @acronym{ISO} C89 or
1148 later. In addition, they use the @code{inline} keyword, which is not
1149 C89, but is C99 and is a common extension in pre-C99 compilers. It is
1150 up to the user of these parsers to handle
1151 portability issues. For instance, if using Autoconf and the Autoconf
1152 macro @code{AC_C_INLINE}, a mere
1153
1154 @example
1155 %@{
1156 #include <config.h>
1157 %@}
1158 @end example
1159
1160 @noindent
1161 will suffice. Otherwise, we suggest
1162
1163 @example
1164 %@{
1165 #if __STDC_VERSION__ < 199901 && ! defined __GNUC__ && ! defined inline
1166 #define inline
1167 #endif
1168 %@}
1169 @end example
1170
1171 @node Locations Overview
1172 @section Locations
1173 @cindex location
1174 @cindex textual location
1175 @cindex location, textual
1176
1177 Many applications, like interpreters or compilers, have to produce verbose
1178 and useful error messages. To achieve this, one must be able to keep track of
1179 the @dfn{textual location}, or @dfn{location}, of each syntactic construct.
1180 Bison provides a mechanism for handling these locations.
1181
1182 Each token has a semantic value. In a similar fashion, each token has an
1183 associated location, but the type of locations is the same for all tokens and
1184 groupings. Moreover, the output parser is equipped with a default data
1185 structure for storing locations (@pxref{Locations}, for more details).
1186
1187 Like semantic values, locations can be reached in actions using a dedicated
1188 set of constructs. In the example above, the location of the whole grouping
1189 is @code{@@$}, while the locations of the subexpressions are @code{@@1} and
1190 @code{@@3}.
1191
1192 When a rule is matched, a default action is used to compute the semantic value
1193 of its left hand side (@pxref{Actions}). In the same way, another default
1194 action is used for locations. However, the action for locations is general
1195 enough for most cases, meaning there is usually no need to describe for each
1196 rule how @code{@@$} should be formed. When building a new location for a given
1197 grouping, the default behavior of the output parser is to take the beginning
1198 of the first symbol, and the end of the last symbol.
1199
1200 @node Bison Parser
1201 @section Bison Output: the Parser File
1202 @cindex Bison parser
1203 @cindex Bison utility
1204 @cindex lexical analyzer, purpose
1205 @cindex parser
1206
1207 When you run Bison, you give it a Bison grammar file as input. The output
1208 is a C source file that parses the language described by the grammar.
1209 This file is called a @dfn{Bison parser}. Keep in mind that the Bison
1210 utility and the Bison parser are two distinct programs: the Bison utility
1211 is a program whose output is the Bison parser that becomes part of your
1212 program.
1213
1214 The job of the Bison parser is to group tokens into groupings according to
1215 the grammar rules---for example, to build identifiers and operators into
1216 expressions. As it does this, it runs the actions for the grammar rules it
1217 uses.
1218
1219 The tokens come from a function called the @dfn{lexical analyzer} that
1220 you must supply in some fashion (such as by writing it in C). The Bison
1221 parser calls the lexical analyzer each time it wants a new token. It
1222 doesn't know what is ``inside'' the tokens (though their semantic values
1223 may reflect this). Typically the lexical analyzer makes the tokens by
1224 parsing characters of text, but Bison does not depend on this.
1225 @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
1226
1227 The Bison parser file is C code which defines a function named
1228 @code{yyparse} which implements that grammar. This function does not make
1229 a complete C program: you must supply some additional functions. One is
1230 the lexical analyzer. Another is an error-reporting function which the
1231 parser calls to report an error. In addition, a complete C program must
1232 start with a function called @code{main}; you have to provide this, and
1233 arrange for it to call @code{yyparse} or the parser will never run.
1234 @xref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}.
1235
1236 Aside from the token type names and the symbols in the actions you
1237 write, all symbols defined in the Bison parser file itself
1238 begin with @samp{yy} or @samp{YY}. This includes interface functions
1239 such as the lexical analyzer function @code{yylex}, the error reporting
1240 function @code{yyerror} and the parser function @code{yyparse} itself.
1241 This also includes numerous identifiers used for internal purposes.
1242 Therefore, you should avoid using C identifiers starting with @samp{yy}
1243 or @samp{YY} in the Bison grammar file except for the ones defined in
1244 this manual. Also, you should avoid using the C identifiers
1245 @samp{malloc} and @samp{free} for anything other than their usual
1246 meanings.
1247
1248 In some cases the Bison parser file includes system headers, and in
1249 those cases your code should respect the identifiers reserved by those
1250 headers. On some non-@acronym{GNU} hosts, @code{<alloca.h>}, @code{<malloc.h>},
1251 @code{<stddef.h>}, and @code{<stdlib.h>} are included as needed to
1252 declare memory allocators and related types. @code{<libintl.h>} is
1253 included if message translation is in use
1254 (@pxref{Internationalization}). Other system headers may
1255 be included if you define @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value
1256 (@pxref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}).
1257
1258 @node Stages
1259 @section Stages in Using Bison
1260 @cindex stages in using Bison
1261 @cindex using Bison
1262
1263 The actual language-design process using Bison, from grammar specification
1264 to a working compiler or interpreter, has these parts:
1265
1266 @enumerate
1267 @item
1268 Formally specify the grammar in a form recognized by Bison
1269 (@pxref{Grammar File, ,Bison Grammar Files}). For each grammatical rule
1270 in the language, describe the action that is to be taken when an
1271 instance of that rule is recognized. The action is described by a
1272 sequence of C statements.
1273
1274 @item
1275 Write a lexical analyzer to process input and pass tokens to the parser.
1276 The lexical analyzer may be written by hand in C (@pxref{Lexical, ,The
1277 Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}). It could also be produced
1278 using Lex, but the use of Lex is not discussed in this manual.
1279
1280 @item
1281 Write a controlling function that calls the Bison-produced parser.
1282
1283 @item
1284 Write error-reporting routines.
1285 @end enumerate
1286
1287 To turn this source code as written into a runnable program, you
1288 must follow these steps:
1289
1290 @enumerate
1291 @item
1292 Run Bison on the grammar to produce the parser.
1293
1294 @item
1295 Compile the code output by Bison, as well as any other source files.
1296
1297 @item
1298 Link the object files to produce the finished product.
1299 @end enumerate
1300
1301 @node Grammar Layout
1302 @section The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar
1303 @cindex grammar file
1304 @cindex file format
1305 @cindex format of grammar file
1306 @cindex layout of Bison grammar
1307
1308 The input file for the Bison utility is a @dfn{Bison grammar file}. The
1309 general form of a Bison grammar file is as follows:
1310
1311 @example
1312 %@{
1313 @var{Prologue}
1314 %@}
1315
1316 @var{Bison declarations}
1317
1318 %%
1319 @var{Grammar rules}
1320 %%
1321 @var{Epilogue}
1322 @end example
1323
1324 @noindent
1325 The @samp{%%}, @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} are punctuation that appears
1326 in every Bison grammar file to separate the sections.
1327
1328 The prologue may define types and variables used in the actions. You can
1329 also use preprocessor commands to define macros used there, and use
1330 @code{#include} to include header files that do any of these things.
1331 You need to declare the lexical analyzer @code{yylex} and the error
1332 printer @code{yyerror} here, along with any other global identifiers
1333 used by the actions in the grammar rules.
1334
1335 The Bison declarations declare the names of the terminal and nonterminal
1336 symbols, and may also describe operator precedence and the data types of
1337 semantic values of various symbols.
1338
1339 The grammar rules define how to construct each nonterminal symbol from its
1340 parts.
1341
1342 The epilogue can contain any code you want to use. Often the
1343 definitions of functions declared in the prologue go here. In a
1344 simple program, all the rest of the program can go here.
1345
1346 @node Examples
1347 @chapter Examples
1348 @cindex simple examples
1349 @cindex examples, simple
1350
1351 Now we show and explain three sample programs written using Bison: a
1352 reverse polish notation calculator, an algebraic (infix) notation
1353 calculator, and a multi-function calculator. All three have been tested
1354 under BSD Unix 4.3; each produces a usable, though limited, interactive
1355 desk-top calculator.
1356
1357 These examples are simple, but Bison grammars for real programming
1358 languages are written the same way. You can copy these examples into a
1359 source file to try them.
1360
1361 @menu
1362 * RPN Calc:: Reverse polish notation calculator;
1363 a first example with no operator precedence.
1364 * Infix Calc:: Infix (algebraic) notation calculator.
1365 Operator precedence is introduced.
1366 * Simple Error Recovery:: Continuing after syntax errors.
1367 * Location Tracking Calc:: Demonstrating the use of @@@var{n} and @@$.
1368 * Multi-function Calc:: Calculator with memory and trig functions.
1369 It uses multiple data-types for semantic values.
1370 * Exercises:: Ideas for improving the multi-function calculator.
1371 @end menu
1372
1373 @node RPN Calc
1374 @section Reverse Polish Notation Calculator
1375 @cindex reverse polish notation
1376 @cindex polish notation calculator
1377 @cindex @code{rpcalc}
1378 @cindex calculator, simple
1379
1380 The first example is that of a simple double-precision @dfn{reverse polish
1381 notation} calculator (a calculator using postfix operators). This example
1382 provides a good starting point, since operator precedence is not an issue.
1383 The second example will illustrate how operator precedence is handled.
1384
1385 The source code for this calculator is named @file{rpcalc.y}. The
1386 @samp{.y} extension is a convention used for Bison input files.
1387
1388 @menu
1389 * Decls: Rpcalc Decls. Prologue (declarations) for rpcalc.
1390 * Rules: Rpcalc Rules. Grammar Rules for rpcalc, with explanation.
1391 * Lexer: Rpcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
1392 * Main: Rpcalc Main. The controlling function.
1393 * Error: Rpcalc Error. The error reporting function.
1394 * Gen: Rpcalc Gen. Running Bison on the grammar file.
1395 * Comp: Rpcalc Compile. Run the C compiler on the output code.
1396 @end menu
1397
1398 @node Rpcalc Decls
1399 @subsection Declarations for @code{rpcalc}
1400
1401 Here are the C and Bison declarations for the reverse polish notation
1402 calculator. As in C, comments are placed between @samp{/*@dots{}*/}.
1403
1404 @example
1405 /* Reverse polish notation calculator. */
1406
1407 %@{
1408 #define YYSTYPE double
1409 #include <math.h>
1410 int yylex (void);
1411 void yyerror (char const *);
1412 %@}
1413
1414 %token NUM
1415
1416 %% /* Grammar rules and actions follow. */
1417 @end example
1418
1419 The declarations section (@pxref{Prologue, , The prologue}) contains two
1420 preprocessor directives and two forward declarations.
1421
1422 The @code{#define} directive defines the macro @code{YYSTYPE}, thus
1423 specifying the C data type for semantic values of both tokens and
1424 groupings (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}). The
1425 Bison parser will use whatever type @code{YYSTYPE} is defined as; if you
1426 don't define it, @code{int} is the default. Because we specify
1427 @code{double}, each token and each expression has an associated value,
1428 which is a floating point number.
1429
1430 The @code{#include} directive is used to declare the exponentiation
1431 function @code{pow}.
1432
1433 The forward declarations for @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} are
1434 needed because the C language requires that functions be declared
1435 before they are used. These functions will be defined in the
1436 epilogue, but the parser calls them so they must be declared in the
1437 prologue.
1438
1439 The second section, Bison declarations, provides information to Bison
1440 about the token types (@pxref{Bison Declarations, ,The Bison
1441 Declarations Section}). Each terminal symbol that is not a
1442 single-character literal must be declared here. (Single-character
1443 literals normally don't need to be declared.) In this example, all the
1444 arithmetic operators are designated by single-character literals, so the
1445 only terminal symbol that needs to be declared is @code{NUM}, the token
1446 type for numeric constants.
1447
1448 @node Rpcalc Rules
1449 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{rpcalc}
1450
1451 Here are the grammar rules for the reverse polish notation calculator.
1452
1453 @example
1454 input: /* empty */
1455 | input line
1456 ;
1457
1458 line: '\n'
1459 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1460 ;
1461
1462 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
1463 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1464 | exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @}
1465 | exp exp '*' @{ $$ = $1 * $2; @}
1466 | exp exp '/' @{ $$ = $1 / $2; @}
1467 /* Exponentiation */
1468 | exp exp '^' @{ $$ = pow ($1, $2); @}
1469 /* Unary minus */
1470 | exp 'n' @{ $$ = -$1; @}
1471 ;
1472 %%
1473 @end example
1474
1475 The groupings of the rpcalc ``language'' defined here are the expression
1476 (given the name @code{exp}), the line of input (@code{line}), and the
1477 complete input transcript (@code{input}). Each of these nonterminal
1478 symbols has several alternate rules, joined by the vertical bar @samp{|}
1479 which is read as ``or''. The following sections explain what these rules
1480 mean.
1481
1482 The semantics of the language is determined by the actions taken when a
1483 grouping is recognized. The actions are the C code that appears inside
1484 braces. @xref{Actions}.
1485
1486 You must specify these actions in C, but Bison provides the means for
1487 passing semantic values between the rules. In each action, the
1488 pseudo-variable @code{$$} stands for the semantic value for the grouping
1489 that the rule is going to construct. Assigning a value to @code{$$} is the
1490 main job of most actions. The semantic values of the components of the
1491 rule are referred to as @code{$1}, @code{$2}, and so on.
1492
1493 @menu
1494 * Rpcalc Input::
1495 * Rpcalc Line::
1496 * Rpcalc Expr::
1497 @end menu
1498
1499 @node Rpcalc Input
1500 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{input}
1501
1502 Consider the definition of @code{input}:
1503
1504 @example
1505 input: /* empty */
1506 | input line
1507 ;
1508 @end example
1509
1510 This definition reads as follows: ``A complete input is either an empty
1511 string, or a complete input followed by an input line''. Notice that
1512 ``complete input'' is defined in terms of itself. This definition is said
1513 to be @dfn{left recursive} since @code{input} appears always as the
1514 leftmost symbol in the sequence. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive Rules}.
1515
1516 The first alternative is empty because there are no symbols between the
1517 colon and the first @samp{|}; this means that @code{input} can match an
1518 empty string of input (no tokens). We write the rules this way because it
1519 is legitimate to type @kbd{Ctrl-d} right after you start the calculator.
1520 It's conventional to put an empty alternative first and write the comment
1521 @samp{/* empty */} in it.
1522
1523 The second alternate rule (@code{input line}) handles all nontrivial input.
1524 It means, ``After reading any number of lines, read one more line if
1525 possible.'' The left recursion makes this rule into a loop. Since the
1526 first alternative matches empty input, the loop can be executed zero or
1527 more times.
1528
1529 The parser function @code{yyparse} continues to process input until a
1530 grammatical error is seen or the lexical analyzer says there are no more
1531 input tokens; we will arrange for the latter to happen at end-of-input.
1532
1533 @node Rpcalc Line
1534 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{line}
1535
1536 Now consider the definition of @code{line}:
1537
1538 @example
1539 line: '\n'
1540 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1541 ;
1542 @end example
1543
1544 The first alternative is a token which is a newline character; this means
1545 that rpcalc accepts a blank line (and ignores it, since there is no
1546 action). The second alternative is an expression followed by a newline.
1547 This is the alternative that makes rpcalc useful. The semantic value of
1548 the @code{exp} grouping is the value of @code{$1} because the @code{exp} in
1549 question is the first symbol in the alternative. The action prints this
1550 value, which is the result of the computation the user asked for.
1551
1552 This action is unusual because it does not assign a value to @code{$$}. As
1553 a consequence, the semantic value associated with the @code{line} is
1554 uninitialized (its value will be unpredictable). This would be a bug if
1555 that value were ever used, but we don't use it: once rpcalc has printed the
1556 value of the user's input line, that value is no longer needed.
1557
1558 @node Rpcalc Expr
1559 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{expr}
1560
1561 The @code{exp} grouping has several rules, one for each kind of expression.
1562 The first rule handles the simplest expressions: those that are just numbers.
1563 The second handles an addition-expression, which looks like two expressions
1564 followed by a plus-sign. The third handles subtraction, and so on.
1565
1566 @example
1567 exp: NUM
1568 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1569 | exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @}
1570 @dots{}
1571 ;
1572 @end example
1573
1574 We have used @samp{|} to join all the rules for @code{exp}, but we could
1575 equally well have written them separately:
1576
1577 @example
1578 exp: NUM ;
1579 exp: exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @} ;
1580 exp: exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @} ;
1581 @dots{}
1582 @end example
1583
1584 Most of the rules have actions that compute the value of the expression in
1585 terms of the value of its parts. For example, in the rule for addition,
1586 @code{$1} refers to the first component @code{exp} and @code{$2} refers to
1587 the second one. The third component, @code{'+'}, has no meaningful
1588 associated semantic value, but if it had one you could refer to it as
1589 @code{$3}. When @code{yyparse} recognizes a sum expression using this
1590 rule, the sum of the two subexpressions' values is produced as the value of
1591 the entire expression. @xref{Actions}.
1592
1593 You don't have to give an action for every rule. When a rule has no
1594 action, Bison by default copies the value of @code{$1} into @code{$$}.
1595 This is what happens in the first rule (the one that uses @code{NUM}).
1596
1597 The formatting shown here is the recommended convention, but Bison does
1598 not require it. You can add or change white space as much as you wish.
1599 For example, this:
1600
1601 @example
1602 exp : NUM | exp exp '+' @{$$ = $1 + $2; @} | @dots{} ;
1603 @end example
1604
1605 @noindent
1606 means the same thing as this:
1607
1608 @example
1609 exp: NUM
1610 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1611 | @dots{}
1612 ;
1613 @end example
1614
1615 @noindent
1616 The latter, however, is much more readable.
1617
1618 @node Rpcalc Lexer
1619 @subsection The @code{rpcalc} Lexical Analyzer
1620 @cindex writing a lexical analyzer
1621 @cindex lexical analyzer, writing
1622
1623 The lexical analyzer's job is low-level parsing: converting characters
1624 or sequences of characters into tokens. The Bison parser gets its
1625 tokens by calling the lexical analyzer. @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical
1626 Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
1627
1628 Only a simple lexical analyzer is needed for the @acronym{RPN}
1629 calculator. This
1630 lexical analyzer skips blanks and tabs, then reads in numbers as
1631 @code{double} and returns them as @code{NUM} tokens. Any other character
1632 that isn't part of a number is a separate token. Note that the token-code
1633 for such a single-character token is the character itself.
1634
1635 The return value of the lexical analyzer function is a numeric code which
1636 represents a token type. The same text used in Bison rules to stand for
1637 this token type is also a C expression for the numeric code for the type.
1638 This works in two ways. If the token type is a character literal, then its
1639 numeric code is that of the character; you can use the same
1640 character literal in the lexical analyzer to express the number. If the
1641 token type is an identifier, that identifier is defined by Bison as a C
1642 macro whose definition is the appropriate number. In this example,
1643 therefore, @code{NUM} becomes a macro for @code{yylex} to use.
1644
1645 The semantic value of the token (if it has one) is stored into the
1646 global variable @code{yylval}, which is where the Bison parser will look
1647 for it. (The C data type of @code{yylval} is @code{YYSTYPE}, which was
1648 defined at the beginning of the grammar; @pxref{Rpcalc Decls,
1649 ,Declarations for @code{rpcalc}}.)
1650
1651 A token type code of zero is returned if the end-of-input is encountered.
1652 (Bison recognizes any nonpositive value as indicating end-of-input.)
1653
1654 Here is the code for the lexical analyzer:
1655
1656 @example
1657 @group
1658 /* The lexical analyzer returns a double floating point
1659 number on the stack and the token NUM, or the numeric code
1660 of the character read if not a number. It skips all blanks
1661 and tabs, and returns 0 for end-of-input. */
1662
1663 #include <ctype.h>
1664 @end group
1665
1666 @group
1667 int
1668 yylex (void)
1669 @{
1670 int c;
1671
1672 /* Skip white space. */
1673 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t')
1674 ;
1675 @end group
1676 @group
1677 /* Process numbers. */
1678 if (c == '.' || isdigit (c))
1679 @{
1680 ungetc (c, stdin);
1681 scanf ("%lf", &yylval);
1682 return NUM;
1683 @}
1684 @end group
1685 @group
1686 /* Return end-of-input. */
1687 if (c == EOF)
1688 return 0;
1689 /* Return a single char. */
1690 return c;
1691 @}
1692 @end group
1693 @end example
1694
1695 @node Rpcalc Main
1696 @subsection The Controlling Function
1697 @cindex controlling function
1698 @cindex main function in simple example
1699
1700 In keeping with the spirit of this example, the controlling function is
1701 kept to the bare minimum. The only requirement is that it call
1702 @code{yyparse} to start the process of parsing.
1703
1704 @example
1705 @group
1706 int
1707 main (void)
1708 @{
1709 return yyparse ();
1710 @}
1711 @end group
1712 @end example
1713
1714 @node Rpcalc Error
1715 @subsection The Error Reporting Routine
1716 @cindex error reporting routine
1717
1718 When @code{yyparse} detects a syntax error, it calls the error reporting
1719 function @code{yyerror} to print an error message (usually but not
1720 always @code{"syntax error"}). It is up to the programmer to supply
1721 @code{yyerror} (@pxref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}), so
1722 here is the definition we will use:
1723
1724 @example
1725 @group
1726 #include <stdio.h>
1727
1728 /* Called by yyparse on error. */
1729 void
1730 yyerror (char const *s)
1731 @{
1732 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", s);
1733 @}
1734 @end group
1735 @end example
1736
1737 After @code{yyerror} returns, the Bison parser may recover from the error
1738 and continue parsing if the grammar contains a suitable error rule
1739 (@pxref{Error Recovery}). Otherwise, @code{yyparse} returns nonzero. We
1740 have not written any error rules in this example, so any invalid input will
1741 cause the calculator program to exit. This is not clean behavior for a
1742 real calculator, but it is adequate for the first example.
1743
1744 @node Rpcalc Gen
1745 @subsection Running Bison to Make the Parser
1746 @cindex running Bison (introduction)
1747
1748 Before running Bison to produce a parser, we need to decide how to
1749 arrange all the source code in one or more source files. For such a
1750 simple example, the easiest thing is to put everything in one file. The
1751 definitions of @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main} go at the
1752 end, in the epilogue of the file
1753 (@pxref{Grammar Layout, ,The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar}).
1754
1755 For a large project, you would probably have several source files, and use
1756 @code{make} to arrange to recompile them.
1757
1758 With all the source in a single file, you use the following command to
1759 convert it into a parser file:
1760
1761 @example
1762 bison @var{file}.y
1763 @end example
1764
1765 @noindent
1766 In this example the file was called @file{rpcalc.y} (for ``Reverse Polish
1767 @sc{calc}ulator''). Bison produces a file named @file{@var{file}.tab.c},
1768 removing the @samp{.y} from the original file name. The file output by
1769 Bison contains the source code for @code{yyparse}. The additional
1770 functions in the input file (@code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main})
1771 are copied verbatim to the output.
1772
1773 @node Rpcalc Compile
1774 @subsection Compiling the Parser File
1775 @cindex compiling the parser
1776
1777 Here is how to compile and run the parser file:
1778
1779 @example
1780 @group
1781 # @r{List files in current directory.}
1782 $ @kbd{ls}
1783 rpcalc.tab.c rpcalc.y
1784 @end group
1785
1786 @group
1787 # @r{Compile the Bison parser.}
1788 # @r{@samp{-lm} tells compiler to search math library for @code{pow}.}
1789 $ @kbd{cc -lm -o rpcalc rpcalc.tab.c}
1790 @end group
1791
1792 @group
1793 # @r{List files again.}
1794 $ @kbd{ls}
1795 rpcalc rpcalc.tab.c rpcalc.y
1796 @end group
1797 @end example
1798
1799 The file @file{rpcalc} now contains the executable code. Here is an
1800 example session using @code{rpcalc}.
1801
1802 @example
1803 $ @kbd{rpcalc}
1804 @kbd{4 9 +}
1805 13
1806 @kbd{3 7 + 3 4 5 *+-}
1807 -13
1808 @kbd{3 7 + 3 4 5 * + - n} @r{Note the unary minus, @samp{n}}
1809 13
1810 @kbd{5 6 / 4 n +}
1811 -3.166666667
1812 @kbd{3 4 ^} @r{Exponentiation}
1813 81
1814 @kbd{^D} @r{End-of-file indicator}
1815 $
1816 @end example
1817
1818 @node Infix Calc
1819 @section Infix Notation Calculator: @code{calc}
1820 @cindex infix notation calculator
1821 @cindex @code{calc}
1822 @cindex calculator, infix notation
1823
1824 We now modify rpcalc to handle infix operators instead of postfix. Infix
1825 notation involves the concept of operator precedence and the need for
1826 parentheses nested to arbitrary depth. Here is the Bison code for
1827 @file{calc.y}, an infix desk-top calculator.
1828
1829 @example
1830 /* Infix notation calculator. */
1831
1832 %@{
1833 #define YYSTYPE double
1834 #include <math.h>
1835 #include <stdio.h>
1836 int yylex (void);
1837 void yyerror (char const *);
1838 %@}
1839
1840 /* Bison declarations. */
1841 %token NUM
1842 %left '-' '+'
1843 %left '*' '/'
1844 %left NEG /* negation--unary minus */
1845 %right '^' /* exponentiation */
1846
1847 %% /* The grammar follows. */
1848 input: /* empty */
1849 | input line
1850 ;
1851
1852 line: '\n'
1853 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1854 ;
1855
1856 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
1857 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
1858 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
1859 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
1860 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
1861 | '-' exp %prec NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
1862 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
1863 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
1864 ;
1865 %%
1866 @end example
1867
1868 @noindent
1869 The functions @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main} can be the
1870 same as before.
1871
1872 There are two important new features shown in this code.
1873
1874 In the second section (Bison declarations), @code{%left} declares token
1875 types and says they are left-associative operators. The declarations
1876 @code{%left} and @code{%right} (right associativity) take the place of
1877 @code{%token} which is used to declare a token type name without
1878 associativity. (These tokens are single-character literals, which
1879 ordinarily don't need to be declared. We declare them here to specify
1880 the associativity.)
1881
1882 Operator precedence is determined by the line ordering of the
1883 declarations; the higher the line number of the declaration (lower on
1884 the page or screen), the higher the precedence. Hence, exponentiation
1885 has the highest precedence, unary minus (@code{NEG}) is next, followed
1886 by @samp{*} and @samp{/}, and so on. @xref{Precedence, ,Operator
1887 Precedence}.
1888
1889 The other important new feature is the @code{%prec} in the grammar
1890 section for the unary minus operator. The @code{%prec} simply instructs
1891 Bison that the rule @samp{| '-' exp} has the same precedence as
1892 @code{NEG}---in this case the next-to-highest. @xref{Contextual
1893 Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.
1894
1895 Here is a sample run of @file{calc.y}:
1896
1897 @need 500
1898 @example
1899 $ @kbd{calc}
1900 @kbd{4 + 4.5 - (34/(8*3+-3))}
1901 6.880952381
1902 @kbd{-56 + 2}
1903 -54
1904 @kbd{3 ^ 2}
1905 9
1906 @end example
1907
1908 @node Simple Error Recovery
1909 @section Simple Error Recovery
1910 @cindex error recovery, simple
1911
1912 Up to this point, this manual has not addressed the issue of @dfn{error
1913 recovery}---how to continue parsing after the parser detects a syntax
1914 error. All we have handled is error reporting with @code{yyerror}.
1915 Recall that by default @code{yyparse} returns after calling
1916 @code{yyerror}. This means that an erroneous input line causes the
1917 calculator program to exit. Now we show how to rectify this deficiency.
1918
1919 The Bison language itself includes the reserved word @code{error}, which
1920 may be included in the grammar rules. In the example below it has
1921 been added to one of the alternatives for @code{line}:
1922
1923 @example
1924 @group
1925 line: '\n'
1926 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1927 | error '\n' @{ yyerrok; @}
1928 ;
1929 @end group
1930 @end example
1931
1932 This addition to the grammar allows for simple error recovery in the
1933 event of a syntax error. If an expression that cannot be evaluated is
1934 read, the error will be recognized by the third rule for @code{line},
1935 and parsing will continue. (The @code{yyerror} function is still called
1936 upon to print its message as well.) The action executes the statement
1937 @code{yyerrok}, a macro defined automatically by Bison; its meaning is
1938 that error recovery is complete (@pxref{Error Recovery}). Note the
1939 difference between @code{yyerrok} and @code{yyerror}; neither one is a
1940 misprint.
1941
1942 This form of error recovery deals with syntax errors. There are other
1943 kinds of errors; for example, division by zero, which raises an exception
1944 signal that is normally fatal. A real calculator program must handle this
1945 signal and use @code{longjmp} to return to @code{main} and resume parsing
1946 input lines; it would also have to discard the rest of the current line of
1947 input. We won't discuss this issue further because it is not specific to
1948 Bison programs.
1949
1950 @node Location Tracking Calc
1951 @section Location Tracking Calculator: @code{ltcalc}
1952 @cindex location tracking calculator
1953 @cindex @code{ltcalc}
1954 @cindex calculator, location tracking
1955
1956 This example extends the infix notation calculator with location
1957 tracking. This feature will be used to improve the error messages. For
1958 the sake of clarity, this example is a simple integer calculator, since
1959 most of the work needed to use locations will be done in the lexical
1960 analyzer.
1961
1962 @menu
1963 * Decls: Ltcalc Decls. Bison and C declarations for ltcalc.
1964 * Rules: Ltcalc Rules. Grammar rules for ltcalc, with explanations.
1965 * Lexer: Ltcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
1966 @end menu
1967
1968 @node Ltcalc Decls
1969 @subsection Declarations for @code{ltcalc}
1970
1971 The C and Bison declarations for the location tracking calculator are
1972 the same as the declarations for the infix notation calculator.
1973
1974 @example
1975 /* Location tracking calculator. */
1976
1977 %@{
1978 #define YYSTYPE int
1979 #include <math.h>
1980 int yylex (void);
1981 void yyerror (char const *);
1982 %@}
1983
1984 /* Bison declarations. */
1985 %token NUM
1986
1987 %left '-' '+'
1988 %left '*' '/'
1989 %left NEG
1990 %right '^'
1991
1992 %% /* The grammar follows. */
1993 @end example
1994
1995 @noindent
1996 Note there are no declarations specific to locations. Defining a data
1997 type for storing locations is not needed: we will use the type provided
1998 by default (@pxref{Location Type, ,Data Types of Locations}), which is a
1999 four member structure with the following integer fields:
2000 @code{first_line}, @code{first_column}, @code{last_line} and
2001 @code{last_column}.
2002
2003 @node Ltcalc Rules
2004 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{ltcalc}
2005
2006 Whether handling locations or not has no effect on the syntax of your
2007 language. Therefore, grammar rules for this example will be very close
2008 to those of the previous example: we will only modify them to benefit
2009 from the new information.
2010
2011 Here, we will use locations to report divisions by zero, and locate the
2012 wrong expressions or subexpressions.
2013
2014 @example
2015 @group
2016 input : /* empty */
2017 | input line
2018 ;
2019 @end group
2020
2021 @group
2022 line : '\n'
2023 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("%d\n", $1); @}
2024 ;
2025 @end group
2026
2027 @group
2028 exp : NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
2029 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
2030 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
2031 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
2032 @end group
2033 @group
2034 | exp '/' exp
2035 @{
2036 if ($3)
2037 $$ = $1 / $3;
2038 else
2039 @{
2040 $$ = 1;
2041 fprintf (stderr, "%d.%d-%d.%d: division by zero",
2042 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
2043 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
2044 @}
2045 @}
2046 @end group
2047 @group
2048 | '-' exp %preg NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
2049 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
2050 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
2051 @end group
2052 @end example
2053
2054 This code shows how to reach locations inside of semantic actions, by
2055 using the pseudo-variables @code{@@@var{n}} for rule components, and the
2056 pseudo-variable @code{@@$} for groupings.
2057
2058 We don't need to assign a value to @code{@@$}: the output parser does it
2059 automatically. By default, before executing the C code of each action,
2060 @code{@@$} is set to range from the beginning of @code{@@1} to the end
2061 of @code{@@@var{n}}, for a rule with @var{n} components. This behavior
2062 can be redefined (@pxref{Location Default Action, , Default Action for
2063 Locations}), and for very specific rules, @code{@@$} can be computed by
2064 hand.
2065
2066 @node Ltcalc Lexer
2067 @subsection The @code{ltcalc} Lexical Analyzer.
2068
2069 Until now, we relied on Bison's defaults to enable location
2070 tracking. The next step is to rewrite the lexical analyzer, and make it
2071 able to feed the parser with the token locations, as it already does for
2072 semantic values.
2073
2074 To this end, we must take into account every single character of the
2075 input text, to avoid the computed locations of being fuzzy or wrong:
2076
2077 @example
2078 @group
2079 int
2080 yylex (void)
2081 @{
2082 int c;
2083 @end group
2084
2085 @group
2086 /* Skip white space. */
2087 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t')
2088 ++yylloc.last_column;
2089 @end group
2090
2091 @group
2092 /* Step. */
2093 yylloc.first_line = yylloc.last_line;
2094 yylloc.first_column = yylloc.last_column;
2095 @end group
2096
2097 @group
2098 /* Process numbers. */
2099 if (isdigit (c))
2100 @{
2101 yylval = c - '0';
2102 ++yylloc.last_column;
2103 while (isdigit (c = getchar ()))
2104 @{
2105 ++yylloc.last_column;
2106 yylval = yylval * 10 + c - '0';
2107 @}
2108 ungetc (c, stdin);
2109 return NUM;
2110 @}
2111 @end group
2112
2113 /* Return end-of-input. */
2114 if (c == EOF)
2115 return 0;
2116
2117 /* Return a single char, and update location. */
2118 if (c == '\n')
2119 @{
2120 ++yylloc.last_line;
2121 yylloc.last_column = 0;
2122 @}
2123 else
2124 ++yylloc.last_column;
2125 return c;
2126 @}
2127 @end example
2128
2129 Basically, the lexical analyzer performs the same processing as before:
2130 it skips blanks and tabs, and reads numbers or single-character tokens.
2131 In addition, it updates @code{yylloc}, the global variable (of type
2132 @code{YYLTYPE}) containing the token's location.
2133
2134 Now, each time this function returns a token, the parser has its number
2135 as well as its semantic value, and its location in the text. The last
2136 needed change is to initialize @code{yylloc}, for example in the
2137 controlling function:
2138
2139 @example
2140 @group
2141 int
2142 main (void)
2143 @{
2144 yylloc.first_line = yylloc.last_line = 1;
2145 yylloc.first_column = yylloc.last_column = 0;
2146 return yyparse ();
2147 @}
2148 @end group
2149 @end example
2150
2151 Remember that computing locations is not a matter of syntax. Every
2152 character must be associated to a location update, whether it is in
2153 valid input, in comments, in literal strings, and so on.
2154
2155 @node Multi-function Calc
2156 @section Multi-Function Calculator: @code{mfcalc}
2157 @cindex multi-function calculator
2158 @cindex @code{mfcalc}
2159 @cindex calculator, multi-function
2160
2161 Now that the basics of Bison have been discussed, it is time to move on to
2162 a more advanced problem. The above calculators provided only five
2163 functions, @samp{+}, @samp{-}, @samp{*}, @samp{/} and @samp{^}. It would
2164 be nice to have a calculator that provides other mathematical functions such
2165 as @code{sin}, @code{cos}, etc.
2166
2167 It is easy to add new operators to the infix calculator as long as they are
2168 only single-character literals. The lexical analyzer @code{yylex} passes
2169 back all nonnumeric characters as tokens, so new grammar rules suffice for
2170 adding a new operator. But we want something more flexible: built-in
2171 functions whose syntax has this form:
2172
2173 @example
2174 @var{function_name} (@var{argument})
2175 @end example
2176
2177 @noindent
2178 At the same time, we will add memory to the calculator, by allowing you
2179 to create named variables, store values in them, and use them later.
2180 Here is a sample session with the multi-function calculator:
2181
2182 @example
2183 $ @kbd{mfcalc}
2184 @kbd{pi = 3.141592653589}
2185 3.1415926536
2186 @kbd{sin(pi)}
2187 0.0000000000
2188 @kbd{alpha = beta1 = 2.3}
2189 2.3000000000
2190 @kbd{alpha}
2191 2.3000000000
2192 @kbd{ln(alpha)}
2193 0.8329091229
2194 @kbd{exp(ln(beta1))}
2195 2.3000000000
2196 $
2197 @end example
2198
2199 Note that multiple assignment and nested function calls are permitted.
2200
2201 @menu
2202 * Decl: Mfcalc Decl. Bison declarations for multi-function calculator.
2203 * Rules: Mfcalc Rules. Grammar rules for the calculator.
2204 * Symtab: Mfcalc Symtab. Symbol table management subroutines.
2205 @end menu
2206
2207 @node Mfcalc Decl
2208 @subsection Declarations for @code{mfcalc}
2209
2210 Here are the C and Bison declarations for the multi-function calculator.
2211
2212 @smallexample
2213 @group
2214 %@{
2215 #include <math.h> /* For math functions, cos(), sin(), etc. */
2216 #include "calc.h" /* Contains definition of `symrec'. */
2217 int yylex (void);
2218 void yyerror (char const *);
2219 %@}
2220 @end group
2221 @group
2222 %union @{
2223 double val; /* For returning numbers. */
2224 symrec *tptr; /* For returning symbol-table pointers. */
2225 @}
2226 @end group
2227 %token <val> NUM /* Simple double precision number. */
2228 %token <tptr> VAR FNCT /* Variable and Function. */
2229 %type <val> exp
2230
2231 @group
2232 %right '='
2233 %left '-' '+'
2234 %left '*' '/'
2235 %left NEG /* negation--unary minus */
2236 %right '^' /* exponentiation */
2237 @end group
2238 %% /* The grammar follows. */
2239 @end smallexample
2240
2241 The above grammar introduces only two new features of the Bison language.
2242 These features allow semantic values to have various data types
2243 (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}).
2244
2245 The @code{%union} declaration specifies the entire list of possible types;
2246 this is instead of defining @code{YYSTYPE}. The allowable types are now
2247 double-floats (for @code{exp} and @code{NUM}) and pointers to entries in
2248 the symbol table. @xref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}.
2249
2250 Since values can now have various types, it is necessary to associate a
2251 type with each grammar symbol whose semantic value is used. These symbols
2252 are @code{NUM}, @code{VAR}, @code{FNCT}, and @code{exp}. Their
2253 declarations are augmented with information about their data type (placed
2254 between angle brackets).
2255
2256 The Bison construct @code{%type} is used for declaring nonterminal
2257 symbols, just as @code{%token} is used for declaring token types. We
2258 have not used @code{%type} before because nonterminal symbols are
2259 normally declared implicitly by the rules that define them. But
2260 @code{exp} must be declared explicitly so we can specify its value type.
2261 @xref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}.
2262
2263 @node Mfcalc Rules
2264 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{mfcalc}
2265
2266 Here are the grammar rules for the multi-function calculator.
2267 Most of them are copied directly from @code{calc}; three rules,
2268 those which mention @code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}, are new.
2269
2270 @smallexample
2271 @group
2272 input: /* empty */
2273 | input line
2274 ;
2275 @end group
2276
2277 @group
2278 line:
2279 '\n'
2280 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
2281 | error '\n' @{ yyerrok; @}
2282 ;
2283 @end group
2284
2285 @group
2286 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
2287 | VAR @{ $$ = $1->value.var; @}
2288 | VAR '=' exp @{ $$ = $3; $1->value.var = $3; @}
2289 | FNCT '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = (*($1->value.fnctptr))($3); @}
2290 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
2291 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
2292 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
2293 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
2294 | '-' exp %prec NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
2295 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
2296 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
2297 ;
2298 @end group
2299 /* End of grammar. */
2300 %%
2301 @end smallexample
2302
2303 @node Mfcalc Symtab
2304 @subsection The @code{mfcalc} Symbol Table
2305 @cindex symbol table example
2306
2307 The multi-function calculator requires a symbol table to keep track of the
2308 names and meanings of variables and functions. This doesn't affect the
2309 grammar rules (except for the actions) or the Bison declarations, but it
2310 requires some additional C functions for support.
2311
2312 The symbol table itself consists of a linked list of records. Its
2313 definition, which is kept in the header @file{calc.h}, is as follows. It
2314 provides for either functions or variables to be placed in the table.
2315
2316 @smallexample
2317 @group
2318 /* Function type. */
2319 typedef double (*func_t) (double);
2320 @end group
2321
2322 @group
2323 /* Data type for links in the chain of symbols. */
2324 struct symrec
2325 @{
2326 char *name; /* name of symbol */
2327 int type; /* type of symbol: either VAR or FNCT */
2328 union
2329 @{
2330 double var; /* value of a VAR */
2331 func_t fnctptr; /* value of a FNCT */
2332 @} value;
2333 struct symrec *next; /* link field */
2334 @};
2335 @end group
2336
2337 @group
2338 typedef struct symrec symrec;
2339
2340 /* The symbol table: a chain of `struct symrec'. */
2341 extern symrec *sym_table;
2342
2343 symrec *putsym (char const *, int);
2344 symrec *getsym (char const *);
2345 @end group
2346 @end smallexample
2347
2348 The new version of @code{main} includes a call to @code{init_table}, a
2349 function that initializes the symbol table. Here it is, and
2350 @code{init_table} as well:
2351
2352 @smallexample
2353 #include <stdio.h>
2354
2355 @group
2356 /* Called by yyparse on error. */
2357 void
2358 yyerror (char const *s)
2359 @{
2360 printf ("%s\n", s);
2361 @}
2362 @end group
2363
2364 @group
2365 struct init
2366 @{
2367 char const *fname;
2368 double (*fnct) (double);
2369 @};
2370 @end group
2371
2372 @group
2373 struct init const arith_fncts[] =
2374 @{
2375 "sin", sin,
2376 "cos", cos,
2377 "atan", atan,
2378 "ln", log,
2379 "exp", exp,
2380 "sqrt", sqrt,
2381 0, 0
2382 @};
2383 @end group
2384
2385 @group
2386 /* The symbol table: a chain of `struct symrec'. */
2387 symrec *sym_table;
2388 @end group
2389
2390 @group
2391 /* Put arithmetic functions in table. */
2392 void
2393 init_table (void)
2394 @{
2395 int i;
2396 symrec *ptr;
2397 for (i = 0; arith_fncts[i].fname != 0; i++)
2398 @{
2399 ptr = putsym (arith_fncts[i].fname, FNCT);
2400 ptr->value.fnctptr = arith_fncts[i].fnct;
2401 @}
2402 @}
2403 @end group
2404
2405 @group
2406 int
2407 main (void)
2408 @{
2409 init_table ();
2410 return yyparse ();
2411 @}
2412 @end group
2413 @end smallexample
2414
2415 By simply editing the initialization list and adding the necessary include
2416 files, you can add additional functions to the calculator.
2417
2418 Two important functions allow look-up and installation of symbols in the
2419 symbol table. The function @code{putsym} is passed a name and the type
2420 (@code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}) of the object to be installed. The object is
2421 linked to the front of the list, and a pointer to the object is returned.
2422 The function @code{getsym} is passed the name of the symbol to look up. If
2423 found, a pointer to that symbol is returned; otherwise zero is returned.
2424
2425 @smallexample
2426 symrec *
2427 putsym (char const *sym_name, int sym_type)
2428 @{
2429 symrec *ptr;
2430 ptr = (symrec *) malloc (sizeof (symrec));
2431 ptr->name = (char *) malloc (strlen (sym_name) + 1);
2432 strcpy (ptr->name,sym_name);
2433 ptr->type = sym_type;
2434 ptr->value.var = 0; /* Set value to 0 even if fctn. */
2435 ptr->next = (struct symrec *)sym_table;
2436 sym_table = ptr;
2437 return ptr;
2438 @}
2439
2440 symrec *
2441 getsym (char const *sym_name)
2442 @{
2443 symrec *ptr;
2444 for (ptr = sym_table; ptr != (symrec *) 0;
2445 ptr = (symrec *)ptr->next)
2446 if (strcmp (ptr->name,sym_name) == 0)
2447 return ptr;
2448 return 0;
2449 @}
2450 @end smallexample
2451
2452 The function @code{yylex} must now recognize variables, numeric values, and
2453 the single-character arithmetic operators. Strings of alphanumeric
2454 characters with a leading letter are recognized as either variables or
2455 functions depending on what the symbol table says about them.
2456
2457 The string is passed to @code{getsym} for look up in the symbol table. If
2458 the name appears in the table, a pointer to its location and its type
2459 (@code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}) is returned to @code{yyparse}. If it is not
2460 already in the table, then it is installed as a @code{VAR} using
2461 @code{putsym}. Again, a pointer and its type (which must be @code{VAR}) is
2462 returned to @code{yyparse}.
2463
2464 No change is needed in the handling of numeric values and arithmetic
2465 operators in @code{yylex}.
2466
2467 @smallexample
2468 @group
2469 #include <ctype.h>
2470 @end group
2471
2472 @group
2473 int
2474 yylex (void)
2475 @{
2476 int c;
2477
2478 /* Ignore white space, get first nonwhite character. */
2479 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t');
2480
2481 if (c == EOF)
2482 return 0;
2483 @end group
2484
2485 @group
2486 /* Char starts a number => parse the number. */
2487 if (c == '.' || isdigit (c))
2488 @{
2489 ungetc (c, stdin);
2490 scanf ("%lf", &yylval.val);
2491 return NUM;
2492 @}
2493 @end group
2494
2495 @group
2496 /* Char starts an identifier => read the name. */
2497 if (isalpha (c))
2498 @{
2499 symrec *s;
2500 static char *symbuf = 0;
2501 static int length = 0;
2502 int i;
2503 @end group
2504
2505 @group
2506 /* Initially make the buffer long enough
2507 for a 40-character symbol name. */
2508 if (length == 0)
2509 length = 40, symbuf = (char *)malloc (length + 1);
2510
2511 i = 0;
2512 do
2513 @end group
2514 @group
2515 @{
2516 /* If buffer is full, make it bigger. */
2517 if (i == length)
2518 @{
2519 length *= 2;
2520 symbuf = (char *) realloc (symbuf, length + 1);
2521 @}
2522 /* Add this character to the buffer. */
2523 symbuf[i++] = c;
2524 /* Get another character. */
2525 c = getchar ();
2526 @}
2527 @end group
2528 @group
2529 while (isalnum (c));
2530
2531 ungetc (c, stdin);
2532 symbuf[i] = '\0';
2533 @end group
2534
2535 @group
2536 s = getsym (symbuf);
2537 if (s == 0)
2538 s = putsym (symbuf, VAR);
2539 yylval.tptr = s;
2540 return s->type;
2541 @}
2542
2543 /* Any other character is a token by itself. */
2544 return c;
2545 @}
2546 @end group
2547 @end smallexample
2548
2549 This program is both powerful and flexible. You may easily add new
2550 functions, and it is a simple job to modify this code to install
2551 predefined variables such as @code{pi} or @code{e} as well.
2552
2553 @node Exercises
2554 @section Exercises
2555 @cindex exercises
2556
2557 @enumerate
2558 @item
2559 Add some new functions from @file{math.h} to the initialization list.
2560
2561 @item
2562 Add another array that contains constants and their values. Then
2563 modify @code{init_table} to add these constants to the symbol table.
2564 It will be easiest to give the constants type @code{VAR}.
2565
2566 @item
2567 Make the program report an error if the user refers to an
2568 uninitialized variable in any way except to store a value in it.
2569 @end enumerate
2570
2571 @node Grammar File
2572 @chapter Bison Grammar Files
2573
2574 Bison takes as input a context-free grammar specification and produces a
2575 C-language function that recognizes correct instances of the grammar.
2576
2577 The Bison grammar input file conventionally has a name ending in @samp{.y}.
2578 @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
2579
2580 @menu
2581 * Grammar Outline:: Overall layout of the grammar file.
2582 * Symbols:: Terminal and nonterminal symbols.
2583 * Rules:: How to write grammar rules.
2584 * Recursion:: Writing recursive rules.
2585 * Semantics:: Semantic values and actions.
2586 * Locations:: Locations and actions.
2587 * Declarations:: All kinds of Bison declarations are described here.
2588 * Multiple Parsers:: Putting more than one Bison parser in one program.
2589 @end menu
2590
2591 @node Grammar Outline
2592 @section Outline of a Bison Grammar
2593
2594 A Bison grammar file has four main sections, shown here with the
2595 appropriate delimiters:
2596
2597 @example
2598 %@{
2599 @var{Prologue}
2600 %@}
2601
2602 @var{Bison declarations}
2603
2604 %%
2605 @var{Grammar rules}
2606 %%
2607
2608 @var{Epilogue}
2609 @end example
2610
2611 Comments enclosed in @samp{/* @dots{} */} may appear in any of the sections.
2612 As a @acronym{GNU} extension, @samp{//} introduces a comment that
2613 continues until end of line.
2614
2615 @menu
2616 * Prologue:: Syntax and usage of the prologue.
2617 * Bison Declarations:: Syntax and usage of the Bison declarations section.
2618 * Grammar Rules:: Syntax and usage of the grammar rules section.
2619 * Epilogue:: Syntax and usage of the epilogue.
2620 @end menu
2621
2622 @node Prologue
2623 @subsection The prologue
2624 @cindex declarations section
2625 @cindex Prologue
2626 @cindex declarations
2627
2628 The @var{Prologue} section contains macro definitions and declarations
2629 of functions and variables that are used in the actions in the grammar
2630 rules. These are copied to the beginning of the parser file so that
2631 they precede the definition of @code{yyparse}. You can use
2632 @samp{#include} to get the declarations from a header file. If you
2633 don't need any C declarations, you may omit the @samp{%@{} and
2634 @samp{%@}} delimiters that bracket this section.
2635
2636 The @var{Prologue} section is terminated by the the first occurrence
2637 of @samp{%@}} that is outside a comment, a string literal, or a
2638 character constant.
2639
2640 You may have more than one @var{Prologue} section, intermixed with the
2641 @var{Bison declarations}. This allows you to have C and Bison
2642 declarations that refer to each other. For example, the @code{%union}
2643 declaration may use types defined in a header file, and you may wish to
2644 prototype functions that take arguments of type @code{YYSTYPE}. This
2645 can be done with two @var{Prologue} blocks, one before and one after the
2646 @code{%union} declaration.
2647
2648 @smallexample
2649 %@{
2650 #include <stdio.h>
2651 #include "ptypes.h"
2652 %@}
2653
2654 %union @{
2655 long int n;
2656 tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */
2657 @}
2658
2659 %@{
2660 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
2661 #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L)
2662 %@}
2663
2664 @dots{}
2665 @end smallexample
2666
2667 @findex %before-header
2668 @findex %start-header
2669 @findex %after-header
2670 If you've instructed Bison to generate a header file (@pxref{Table of Symbols,
2671 ,%defines}), you probably want @code{#include "ptypes.h"} to appear
2672 in that header file as well.
2673 In that case, use @code{%before-header}, @code{%start-header}, and
2674 @code{%after-header} instead of @var{Prologue} sections
2675 (@pxref{Table of Symbols, ,%start-header}):
2676
2677 @smallexample
2678 %before-header @{
2679 #include <stdio.h>
2680 @}
2681
2682 %start-header @{
2683 #include "ptypes.h"
2684 @}
2685 %union @{
2686 long int n;
2687 tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */
2688 @}
2689
2690 %after-header @{
2691 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
2692 #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L)
2693 @}
2694
2695 @dots{}
2696 @end smallexample
2697
2698 @node Bison Declarations
2699 @subsection The Bison Declarations Section
2700 @cindex Bison declarations (introduction)
2701 @cindex declarations, Bison (introduction)
2702
2703 The @var{Bison declarations} section contains declarations that define
2704 terminal and nonterminal symbols, specify precedence, and so on.
2705 In some simple grammars you may not need any declarations.
2706 @xref{Declarations, ,Bison Declarations}.
2707
2708 @node Grammar Rules
2709 @subsection The Grammar Rules Section
2710 @cindex grammar rules section
2711 @cindex rules section for grammar
2712
2713 The @dfn{grammar rules} section contains one or more Bison grammar
2714 rules, and nothing else. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
2715
2716 There must always be at least one grammar rule, and the first
2717 @samp{%%} (which precedes the grammar rules) may never be omitted even
2718 if it is the first thing in the file.
2719
2720 @node Epilogue
2721 @subsection The epilogue
2722 @cindex additional C code section
2723 @cindex epilogue
2724 @cindex C code, section for additional
2725
2726 The @var{Epilogue} is copied verbatim to the end of the parser file, just as
2727 the @var{Prologue} is copied to the beginning. This is the most convenient
2728 place to put anything that you want to have in the parser file but which need
2729 not come before the definition of @code{yyparse}. For example, the
2730 definitions of @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} often go here. Because
2731 C requires functions to be declared before being used, you often need
2732 to declare functions like @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} in the Prologue,
2733 even if you define them in the Epilogue.
2734 @xref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}.
2735
2736 If the last section is empty, you may omit the @samp{%%} that separates it
2737 from the grammar rules.
2738
2739 The Bison parser itself contains many macros and identifiers whose names
2740 start with @samp{yy} or @samp{YY}, so it is a good idea to avoid using
2741 any such names (except those documented in this manual) in the epilogue
2742 of the grammar file.
2743
2744 @node Symbols
2745 @section Symbols, Terminal and Nonterminal
2746 @cindex nonterminal symbol
2747 @cindex terminal symbol
2748 @cindex token type
2749 @cindex symbol
2750
2751 @dfn{Symbols} in Bison grammars represent the grammatical classifications
2752 of the language.
2753
2754 A @dfn{terminal symbol} (also known as a @dfn{token type}) represents a
2755 class of syntactically equivalent tokens. You use the symbol in grammar
2756 rules to mean that a token in that class is allowed. The symbol is
2757 represented in the Bison parser by a numeric code, and the @code{yylex}
2758 function returns a token type code to indicate what kind of token has
2759 been read. You don't need to know what the code value is; you can use
2760 the symbol to stand for it.
2761
2762 A @dfn{nonterminal symbol} stands for a class of syntactically
2763 equivalent groupings. The symbol name is used in writing grammar rules.
2764 By convention, it should be all lower case.
2765
2766 Symbol names can contain letters, digits (not at the beginning),
2767 underscores and periods. Periods make sense only in nonterminals.
2768
2769 There are three ways of writing terminal symbols in the grammar:
2770
2771 @itemize @bullet
2772 @item
2773 A @dfn{named token type} is written with an identifier, like an
2774 identifier in C@. By convention, it should be all upper case. Each
2775 such name must be defined with a Bison declaration such as
2776 @code{%token}. @xref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}.
2777
2778 @item
2779 @cindex character token
2780 @cindex literal token
2781 @cindex single-character literal
2782 A @dfn{character token type} (or @dfn{literal character token}) is
2783 written in the grammar using the same syntax used in C for character
2784 constants; for example, @code{'+'} is a character token type. A
2785 character token type doesn't need to be declared unless you need to
2786 specify its semantic value data type (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of
2787 Semantic Values}), associativity, or precedence (@pxref{Precedence,
2788 ,Operator Precedence}).
2789
2790 By convention, a character token type is used only to represent a
2791 token that consists of that particular character. Thus, the token
2792 type @code{'+'} is used to represent the character @samp{+} as a
2793 token. Nothing enforces this convention, but if you depart from it,
2794 your program will confuse other readers.
2795
2796 All the usual escape sequences used in character literals in C can be
2797 used in Bison as well, but you must not use the null character as a
2798 character literal because its numeric code, zero, signifies
2799 end-of-input (@pxref{Calling Convention, ,Calling Convention
2800 for @code{yylex}}). Also, unlike standard C, trigraphs have no
2801 special meaning in Bison character literals, nor is backslash-newline
2802 allowed.
2803
2804 @item
2805 @cindex string token
2806 @cindex literal string token
2807 @cindex multicharacter literal
2808 A @dfn{literal string token} is written like a C string constant; for
2809 example, @code{"<="} is a literal string token. A literal string token
2810 doesn't need to be declared unless you need to specify its semantic
2811 value data type (@pxref{Value Type}), associativity, or precedence
2812 (@pxref{Precedence}).
2813
2814 You can associate the literal string token with a symbolic name as an
2815 alias, using the @code{%token} declaration (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token
2816 Declarations}). If you don't do that, the lexical analyzer has to
2817 retrieve the token number for the literal string token from the
2818 @code{yytname} table (@pxref{Calling Convention}).
2819
2820 @strong{Warning}: literal string tokens do not work in Yacc.
2821
2822 By convention, a literal string token is used only to represent a token
2823 that consists of that particular string. Thus, you should use the token
2824 type @code{"<="} to represent the string @samp{<=} as a token. Bison
2825 does not enforce this convention, but if you depart from it, people who
2826 read your program will be confused.
2827
2828 All the escape sequences used in string literals in C can be used in
2829 Bison as well, except that you must not use a null character within a
2830 string literal. Also, unlike Standard C, trigraphs have no special
2831 meaning in Bison string literals, nor is backslash-newline allowed. A
2832 literal string token must contain two or more characters; for a token
2833 containing just one character, use a character token (see above).
2834 @end itemize
2835
2836 How you choose to write a terminal symbol has no effect on its
2837 grammatical meaning. That depends only on where it appears in rules and
2838 on when the parser function returns that symbol.
2839
2840 The value returned by @code{yylex} is always one of the terminal
2841 symbols, except that a zero or negative value signifies end-of-input.
2842 Whichever way you write the token type in the grammar rules, you write
2843 it the same way in the definition of @code{yylex}. The numeric code
2844 for a character token type is simply the positive numeric code of the
2845 character, so @code{yylex} can use the identical value to generate the
2846 requisite code, though you may need to convert it to @code{unsigned
2847 char} to avoid sign-extension on hosts where @code{char} is signed.
2848 Each named token type becomes a C macro in
2849 the parser file, so @code{yylex} can use the name to stand for the code.
2850 (This is why periods don't make sense in terminal symbols.)
2851 @xref{Calling Convention, ,Calling Convention for @code{yylex}}.
2852
2853 If @code{yylex} is defined in a separate file, you need to arrange for the
2854 token-type macro definitions to be available there. Use the @samp{-d}
2855 option when you run Bison, so that it will write these macro definitions
2856 into a separate header file @file{@var{name}.tab.h} which you can include
2857 in the other source files that need it. @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
2858
2859 If you want to write a grammar that is portable to any Standard C
2860 host, you must use only nonnull character tokens taken from the basic
2861 execution character set of Standard C@. This set consists of the ten
2862 digits, the 52 lower- and upper-case English letters, and the
2863 characters in the following C-language string:
2864
2865 @example
2866 "\a\b\t\n\v\f\r !\"#%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?[\\]^_@{|@}~"
2867 @end example
2868
2869 The @code{yylex} function and Bison must use a consistent character set
2870 and encoding for character tokens. For example, if you run Bison in an
2871 @acronym{ASCII} environment, but then compile and run the resulting
2872 program in an environment that uses an incompatible character set like
2873 @acronym{EBCDIC}, the resulting program may not work because the tables
2874 generated by Bison will assume @acronym{ASCII} numeric values for
2875 character tokens. It is standard practice for software distributions to
2876 contain C source files that were generated by Bison in an
2877 @acronym{ASCII} environment, so installers on platforms that are
2878 incompatible with @acronym{ASCII} must rebuild those files before
2879 compiling them.
2880
2881 The symbol @code{error} is a terminal symbol reserved for error recovery
2882 (@pxref{Error Recovery}); you shouldn't use it for any other purpose.
2883 In particular, @code{yylex} should never return this value. The default
2884 value of the error token is 256, unless you explicitly assigned 256 to
2885 one of your tokens with a @code{%token} declaration.
2886
2887 @node Rules
2888 @section Syntax of Grammar Rules
2889 @cindex rule syntax
2890 @cindex grammar rule syntax
2891 @cindex syntax of grammar rules
2892
2893 A Bison grammar rule has the following general form:
2894
2895 @example
2896 @group
2897 @var{result}: @var{components}@dots{}
2898 ;
2899 @end group
2900 @end example
2901
2902 @noindent
2903 where @var{result} is the nonterminal symbol that this rule describes,
2904 and @var{components} are various terminal and nonterminal symbols that
2905 are put together by this rule (@pxref{Symbols}).
2906
2907 For example,
2908
2909 @example
2910 @group
2911 exp: exp '+' exp
2912 ;
2913 @end group
2914 @end example
2915
2916 @noindent
2917 says that two groupings of type @code{exp}, with a @samp{+} token in between,
2918 can be combined into a larger grouping of type @code{exp}.
2919
2920 White space in rules is significant only to separate symbols. You can add
2921 extra white space as you wish.
2922
2923 Scattered among the components can be @var{actions} that determine
2924 the semantics of the rule. An action looks like this:
2925
2926 @example
2927 @{@var{C statements}@}
2928 @end example
2929
2930 @noindent
2931 @cindex braced code
2932 This is an example of @dfn{braced code}, that is, C code surrounded by
2933 braces, much like a compound statement in C@. Braced code can contain
2934 any sequence of C tokens, so long as its braces are balanced. Bison
2935 does not check the braced code for correctness directly; it merely
2936 copies the code to the output file, where the C compiler can check it.
2937
2938 Within braced code, the balanced-brace count is not affected by braces
2939 within comments, string literals, or character constants, but it is
2940 affected by the C digraphs @samp{<%} and @samp{%>} that represent
2941 braces. At the top level braced code must be terminated by @samp{@}}
2942 and not by a digraph. Bison does not look for trigraphs, so if braced
2943 code uses trigraphs you should ensure that they do not affect the
2944 nesting of braces or the boundaries of comments, string literals, or
2945 character constants.
2946
2947 Usually there is only one action and it follows the components.
2948 @xref{Actions}.
2949
2950 @findex |
2951 Multiple rules for the same @var{result} can be written separately or can
2952 be joined with the vertical-bar character @samp{|} as follows:
2953
2954 @example
2955 @group
2956 @var{result}: @var{rule1-components}@dots{}
2957 | @var{rule2-components}@dots{}
2958 @dots{}
2959 ;
2960 @end group
2961 @end example
2962
2963 @noindent
2964 They are still considered distinct rules even when joined in this way.
2965
2966 If @var{components} in a rule is empty, it means that @var{result} can
2967 match the empty string. For example, here is how to define a
2968 comma-separated sequence of zero or more @code{exp} groupings:
2969
2970 @example
2971 @group
2972 expseq: /* empty */
2973 | expseq1
2974 ;
2975 @end group
2976
2977 @group
2978 expseq1: exp
2979 | expseq1 ',' exp
2980 ;
2981 @end group
2982 @end example
2983
2984 @noindent
2985 It is customary to write a comment @samp{/* empty */} in each rule
2986 with no components.
2987
2988 @node Recursion
2989 @section Recursive Rules
2990 @cindex recursive rule
2991
2992 A rule is called @dfn{recursive} when its @var{result} nonterminal
2993 appears also on its right hand side. Nearly all Bison grammars need to
2994 use recursion, because that is the only way to define a sequence of any
2995 number of a particular thing. Consider this recursive definition of a
2996 comma-separated sequence of one or more expressions:
2997
2998 @example
2999 @group
3000 expseq1: exp
3001 | expseq1 ',' exp
3002 ;
3003 @end group
3004 @end example
3005
3006 @cindex left recursion
3007 @cindex right recursion
3008 @noindent
3009 Since the recursive use of @code{expseq1} is the leftmost symbol in the
3010 right hand side, we call this @dfn{left recursion}. By contrast, here
3011 the same construct is defined using @dfn{right recursion}:
3012
3013 @example
3014 @group
3015 expseq1: exp
3016 | exp ',' expseq1
3017 ;
3018 @end group
3019 @end example
3020
3021 @noindent
3022 Any kind of sequence can be defined using either left recursion or right
3023 recursion, but you should always use left recursion, because it can
3024 parse a sequence of any number of elements with bounded stack space.
3025 Right recursion uses up space on the Bison stack in proportion to the
3026 number of elements in the sequence, because all the elements must be
3027 shifted onto the stack before the rule can be applied even once.
3028 @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}, for further explanation
3029 of this.
3030
3031 @cindex mutual recursion
3032 @dfn{Indirect} or @dfn{mutual} recursion occurs when the result of the
3033 rule does not appear directly on its right hand side, but does appear
3034 in rules for other nonterminals which do appear on its right hand
3035 side.
3036
3037 For example:
3038
3039 @example
3040 @group
3041 expr: primary
3042 | primary '+' primary
3043 ;
3044 @end group
3045
3046 @group
3047 primary: constant
3048 | '(' expr ')'
3049 ;
3050 @end group
3051 @end example
3052
3053 @noindent
3054 defines two mutually-recursive nonterminals, since each refers to the
3055 other.
3056
3057 @node Semantics
3058 @section Defining Language Semantics
3059 @cindex defining language semantics
3060 @cindex language semantics, defining
3061
3062 The grammar rules for a language determine only the syntax. The semantics
3063 are determined by the semantic values associated with various tokens and
3064 groupings, and by the actions taken when various groupings are recognized.
3065
3066 For example, the calculator calculates properly because the value
3067 associated with each expression is the proper number; it adds properly
3068 because the action for the grouping @w{@samp{@var{x} + @var{y}}} is to add
3069 the numbers associated with @var{x} and @var{y}.
3070
3071 @menu
3072 * Value Type:: Specifying one data type for all semantic values.
3073 * Multiple Types:: Specifying several alternative data types.
3074 * Actions:: An action is the semantic definition of a grammar rule.
3075 * Action Types:: Specifying data types for actions to operate on.
3076 * Mid-Rule Actions:: Most actions go at the end of a rule.
3077 This says when, why and how to use the exceptional
3078 action in the middle of a rule.
3079 @end menu
3080
3081 @node Value Type
3082 @subsection Data Types of Semantic Values
3083 @cindex semantic value type
3084 @cindex value type, semantic
3085 @cindex data types of semantic values
3086 @cindex default data type
3087
3088 In a simple program it may be sufficient to use the same data type for
3089 the semantic values of all language constructs. This was true in the
3090 @acronym{RPN} and infix calculator examples (@pxref{RPN Calc, ,Reverse Polish
3091 Notation Calculator}).
3092
3093 Bison's default is to use type @code{int} for all semantic values. To
3094 specify some other type, define @code{YYSTYPE} as a macro, like this:
3095
3096 @example
3097 #define YYSTYPE double
3098 @end example
3099
3100 @noindent
3101 @code{YYSTYPE}'s replacement list should be a type name
3102 that does not contain parentheses or square brackets.
3103 This macro definition must go in the prologue of the grammar file
3104 (@pxref{Grammar Outline, ,Outline of a Bison Grammar}).
3105
3106 @node Multiple Types
3107 @subsection More Than One Value Type
3108
3109 In most programs, you will need different data types for different kinds
3110 of tokens and groupings. For example, a numeric constant may need type
3111 @code{int} or @code{long int}, while a string constant needs type
3112 @code{char *}, and an identifier might need a pointer to an entry in the
3113 symbol table.
3114
3115 To use more than one data type for semantic values in one parser, Bison
3116 requires you to do two things:
3117
3118 @itemize @bullet
3119 @item
3120 Specify the entire collection of possible data types, with the
3121 @code{%union} Bison declaration (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of
3122 Value Types}).
3123
3124 @item
3125 Choose one of those types for each symbol (terminal or nonterminal) for
3126 which semantic values are used. This is done for tokens with the
3127 @code{%token} Bison declaration (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names})
3128 and for groupings with the @code{%type} Bison declaration (@pxref{Type
3129 Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
3130 @end itemize
3131
3132 @node Actions
3133 @subsection Actions
3134 @cindex action
3135 @vindex $$
3136 @vindex $@var{n}
3137
3138 An action accompanies a syntactic rule and contains C code to be executed
3139 each time an instance of that rule is recognized. The task of most actions
3140 is to compute a semantic value for the grouping built by the rule from the
3141 semantic values associated with tokens or smaller groupings.
3142
3143 An action consists of braced code containing C statements, and can be
3144 placed at any position in the rule;
3145 it is executed at that position. Most rules have just one action at the
3146 end of the rule, following all the components. Actions in the middle of
3147 a rule are tricky and used only for special purposes (@pxref{Mid-Rule
3148 Actions, ,Actions in Mid-Rule}).
3149
3150 The C code in an action can refer to the semantic values of the components
3151 matched by the rule with the construct @code{$@var{n}}, which stands for
3152 the value of the @var{n}th component. The semantic value for the grouping
3153 being constructed is @code{$$}. Bison translates both of these
3154 constructs into expressions of the appropriate type when it copies the
3155 actions into the parser file. @code{$$} is translated to a modifiable
3156 lvalue, so it can be assigned to.
3157
3158 Here is a typical example:
3159
3160 @example
3161 @group
3162 exp: @dots{}
3163 | exp '+' exp
3164 @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
3165 @end group
3166 @end example
3167
3168 @noindent
3169 This rule constructs an @code{exp} from two smaller @code{exp} groupings
3170 connected by a plus-sign token. In the action, @code{$1} and @code{$3}
3171 refer to the semantic values of the two component @code{exp} groupings,
3172 which are the first and third symbols on the right hand side of the rule.
3173 The sum is stored into @code{$$} so that it becomes the semantic value of
3174 the addition-expression just recognized by the rule. If there were a
3175 useful semantic value associated with the @samp{+} token, it could be
3176 referred to as @code{$2}.
3177
3178 Note that the vertical-bar character @samp{|} is really a rule
3179 separator, and actions are attached to a single rule. This is a
3180 difference with tools like Flex, for which @samp{|} stands for either
3181 ``or'', or ``the same action as that of the next rule''. In the
3182 following example, the action is triggered only when @samp{b} is found:
3183
3184 @example
3185 @group
3186 a-or-b: 'a'|'b' @{ a_or_b_found = 1; @};
3187 @end group
3188 @end example
3189
3190 @cindex default action
3191 If you don't specify an action for a rule, Bison supplies a default:
3192 @w{@code{$$ = $1}.} Thus, the value of the first symbol in the rule
3193 becomes the value of the whole rule. Of course, the default action is
3194 valid only if the two data types match. There is no meaningful default
3195 action for an empty rule; every empty rule must have an explicit action
3196 unless the rule's value does not matter.
3197
3198 @code{$@var{n}} with @var{n} zero or negative is allowed for reference
3199 to tokens and groupings on the stack @emph{before} those that match the
3200 current rule. This is a very risky practice, and to use it reliably
3201 you must be certain of the context in which the rule is applied. Here
3202 is a case in which you can use this reliably:
3203
3204 @example
3205 @group
3206 foo: expr bar '+' expr @{ @dots{} @}
3207 | expr bar '-' expr @{ @dots{} @}
3208 ;
3209 @end group
3210
3211 @group
3212 bar: /* empty */
3213 @{ previous_expr = $0; @}
3214 ;
3215 @end group
3216 @end example
3217
3218 As long as @code{bar} is used only in the fashion shown here, @code{$0}
3219 always refers to the @code{expr} which precedes @code{bar} in the
3220 definition of @code{foo}.
3221
3222 @vindex yylval
3223 It is also possible to access the semantic value of the lookahead token, if
3224 any, from a semantic action.
3225 This semantic value is stored in @code{yylval}.
3226 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
3227
3228 @node Action Types
3229 @subsection Data Types of Values in Actions
3230 @cindex action data types
3231 @cindex data types in actions
3232
3233 If you have chosen a single data type for semantic values, the @code{$$}
3234 and @code{$@var{n}} constructs always have that data type.
3235
3236 If you have used @code{%union} to specify a variety of data types, then you
3237 must declare a choice among these types for each terminal or nonterminal
3238 symbol that can have a semantic value. Then each time you use @code{$$} or
3239 @code{$@var{n}}, its data type is determined by which symbol it refers to
3240 in the rule. In this example,
3241
3242 @example
3243 @group
3244 exp: @dots{}
3245 | exp '+' exp
3246 @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
3247 @end group
3248 @end example
3249
3250 @noindent
3251 @code{$1} and @code{$3} refer to instances of @code{exp}, so they all
3252 have the data type declared for the nonterminal symbol @code{exp}. If
3253 @code{$2} were used, it would have the data type declared for the
3254 terminal symbol @code{'+'}, whatever that might be.
3255
3256 Alternatively, you can specify the data type when you refer to the value,
3257 by inserting @samp{<@var{type}>} after the @samp{$} at the beginning of the
3258 reference. For example, if you have defined types as shown here:
3259
3260 @example
3261 @group
3262 %union @{
3263 int itype;
3264 double dtype;
3265 @}
3266 @end group
3267 @end example
3268
3269 @noindent
3270 then you can write @code{$<itype>1} to refer to the first subunit of the
3271 rule as an integer, or @code{$<dtype>1} to refer to it as a double.
3272
3273 @node Mid-Rule Actions
3274 @subsection Actions in Mid-Rule
3275 @cindex actions in mid-rule
3276 @cindex mid-rule actions
3277
3278 Occasionally it is useful to put an action in the middle of a rule.
3279 These actions are written just like usual end-of-rule actions, but they
3280 are executed before the parser even recognizes the following components.
3281
3282 A mid-rule action may refer to the components preceding it using
3283 @code{$@var{n}}, but it may not refer to subsequent components because
3284 it is run before they are parsed.
3285
3286 The mid-rule action itself counts as one of the components of the rule.
3287 This makes a difference when there is another action later in the same rule
3288 (and usually there is another at the end): you have to count the actions
3289 along with the symbols when working out which number @var{n} to use in
3290 @code{$@var{n}}.
3291
3292 The mid-rule action can also have a semantic value. The action can set
3293 its value with an assignment to @code{$$}, and actions later in the rule
3294 can refer to the value using @code{$@var{n}}. Since there is no symbol
3295 to name the action, there is no way to declare a data type for the value
3296 in advance, so you must use the @samp{$<@dots{}>@var{n}} construct to
3297 specify a data type each time you refer to this value.
3298
3299 There is no way to set the value of the entire rule with a mid-rule
3300 action, because assignments to @code{$$} do not have that effect. The
3301 only way to set the value for the entire rule is with an ordinary action
3302 at the end of the rule.
3303
3304 Here is an example from a hypothetical compiler, handling a @code{let}
3305 statement that looks like @samp{let (@var{variable}) @var{statement}} and
3306 serves to create a variable named @var{variable} temporarily for the
3307 duration of @var{statement}. To parse this construct, we must put
3308 @var{variable} into the symbol table while @var{statement} is parsed, then
3309 remove it afterward. Here is how it is done:
3310
3311 @example
3312 @group
3313 stmt: LET '(' var ')'
3314 @{ $<context>$ = push_context ();
3315 declare_variable ($3); @}
3316 stmt @{ $$ = $6;
3317 pop_context ($<context>5); @}
3318 @end group
3319 @end example
3320
3321 @noindent
3322 As soon as @samp{let (@var{variable})} has been recognized, the first
3323 action is run. It saves a copy of the current semantic context (the
3324 list of accessible variables) as its semantic value, using alternative
3325 @code{context} in the data-type union. Then it calls
3326 @code{declare_variable} to add the new variable to that list. Once the
3327 first action is finished, the embedded statement @code{stmt} can be
3328 parsed. Note that the mid-rule action is component number 5, so the
3329 @samp{stmt} is component number 6.
3330
3331 After the embedded statement is parsed, its semantic value becomes the
3332 value of the entire @code{let}-statement. Then the semantic value from the
3333 earlier action is used to restore the prior list of variables. This
3334 removes the temporary @code{let}-variable from the list so that it won't
3335 appear to exist while the rest of the program is parsed.
3336
3337 @findex %destructor
3338 @cindex discarded symbols, mid-rule actions
3339 @cindex error recovery, mid-rule actions
3340 In the above example, if the parser initiates error recovery (@pxref{Error
3341 Recovery}) while parsing the tokens in the embedded statement @code{stmt},
3342 it might discard the previous semantic context @code{$<context>5} without
3343 restoring it.
3344 Thus, @code{$<context>5} needs a destructor (@pxref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing
3345 Discarded Symbols}).
3346 However, Bison currently provides no means to declare a destructor for a
3347 mid-rule action's semantic value.
3348
3349 One solution is to bury the mid-rule action inside a nonterminal symbol and to
3350 declare a destructor for that symbol:
3351
3352 @example
3353 @group
3354 %type <context> let
3355 %destructor @{ pop_context ($$); @} let
3356
3357 %%
3358
3359 stmt: let stmt
3360 @{ $$ = $2;
3361 pop_context ($1); @}
3362 ;
3363
3364 let: LET '(' var ')'
3365 @{ $$ = push_context ();
3366 declare_variable ($3); @}
3367 ;
3368
3369 @end group
3370 @end example
3371
3372 @noindent
3373 Note that the action is now at the end of its rule.
3374 Any mid-rule action can be converted to an end-of-rule action in this way, and
3375 this is what Bison actually does to implement mid-rule actions.
3376
3377 Taking action before a rule is completely recognized often leads to
3378 conflicts since the parser must commit to a parse in order to execute the
3379 action. For example, the following two rules, without mid-rule actions,
3380 can coexist in a working parser because the parser can shift the open-brace
3381 token and look at what follows before deciding whether there is a
3382 declaration or not:
3383
3384 @example
3385 @group
3386 compound: '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3387 | '@{' statements '@}'
3388 ;
3389 @end group
3390 @end example
3391
3392 @noindent
3393 But when we add a mid-rule action as follows, the rules become nonfunctional:
3394
3395 @example
3396 @group
3397 compound: @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3398 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3399 @end group
3400 @group
3401 | '@{' statements '@}'
3402 ;
3403 @end group
3404 @end example
3405
3406 @noindent
3407 Now the parser is forced to decide whether to run the mid-rule action
3408 when it has read no farther than the open-brace. In other words, it
3409 must commit to using one rule or the other, without sufficient
3410 information to do it correctly. (The open-brace token is what is called
3411 the @dfn{lookahead} token at this time, since the parser is still
3412 deciding what to do about it. @xref{Lookahead, ,Lookahead Tokens}.)
3413
3414 You might think that you could correct the problem by putting identical
3415 actions into the two rules, like this:
3416
3417 @example
3418 @group
3419 compound: @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3420 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3421 | @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3422 '@{' statements '@}'
3423 ;
3424 @end group
3425 @end example
3426
3427 @noindent
3428 But this does not help, because Bison does not realize that the two actions
3429 are identical. (Bison never tries to understand the C code in an action.)
3430
3431 If the grammar is such that a declaration can be distinguished from a
3432 statement by the first token (which is true in C), then one solution which
3433 does work is to put the action after the open-brace, like this:
3434
3435 @example
3436 @group
3437 compound: '@{' @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3438 declarations statements '@}'
3439 | '@{' statements '@}'
3440 ;
3441 @end group
3442 @end example
3443
3444 @noindent
3445 Now the first token of the following declaration or statement,
3446 which would in any case tell Bison which rule to use, can still do so.
3447
3448 Another solution is to bury the action inside a nonterminal symbol which
3449 serves as a subroutine:
3450
3451 @example
3452 @group
3453 subroutine: /* empty */
3454 @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3455 ;
3456
3457 @end group
3458
3459 @group
3460 compound: subroutine
3461 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3462 | subroutine
3463 '@{' statements '@}'
3464 ;
3465 @end group
3466 @end example
3467
3468 @noindent
3469 Now Bison can execute the action in the rule for @code{subroutine} without
3470 deciding which rule for @code{compound} it will eventually use.
3471
3472 @node Locations
3473 @section Tracking Locations
3474 @cindex location
3475 @cindex textual location
3476 @cindex location, textual
3477
3478 Though grammar rules and semantic actions are enough to write a fully
3479 functional parser, it can be useful to process some additional information,
3480 especially symbol locations.
3481
3482 The way locations are handled is defined by providing a data type, and
3483 actions to take when rules are matched.
3484
3485 @menu
3486 * Location Type:: Specifying a data type for locations.
3487 * Actions and Locations:: Using locations in actions.
3488 * Location Default Action:: Defining a general way to compute locations.
3489 @end menu
3490
3491 @node Location Type
3492 @subsection Data Type of Locations
3493 @cindex data type of locations
3494 @cindex default location type
3495
3496 Defining a data type for locations is much simpler than for semantic values,
3497 since all tokens and groupings always use the same type.
3498
3499 You can specify the type of locations by defining a macro called
3500 @code{YYLTYPE}, just as you can specify the semantic value type by
3501 defining @code{YYSTYPE} (@pxref{Value Type}).
3502 When @code{YYLTYPE} is not defined, Bison uses a default structure type with
3503 four members:
3504
3505 @example
3506 typedef struct YYLTYPE
3507 @{
3508 int first_line;
3509 int first_column;
3510 int last_line;
3511 int last_column;
3512 @} YYLTYPE;
3513 @end example
3514
3515 @node Actions and Locations
3516 @subsection Actions and Locations
3517 @cindex location actions
3518 @cindex actions, location
3519 @vindex @@$
3520 @vindex @@@var{n}
3521
3522 Actions are not only useful for defining language semantics, but also for
3523 describing the behavior of the output parser with locations.
3524
3525 The most obvious way for building locations of syntactic groupings is very
3526 similar to the way semantic values are computed. In a given rule, several
3527 constructs can be used to access the locations of the elements being matched.
3528 The location of the @var{n}th component of the right hand side is
3529 @code{@@@var{n}}, while the location of the left hand side grouping is
3530 @code{@@$}.
3531
3532 Here is a basic example using the default data type for locations:
3533
3534 @example
3535 @group
3536 exp: @dots{}
3537 | exp '/' exp
3538 @{
3539 @@$.first_column = @@1.first_column;
3540 @@$.first_line = @@1.first_line;
3541 @@$.last_column = @@3.last_column;
3542 @@$.last_line = @@3.last_line;
3543 if ($3)
3544 $$ = $1 / $3;
3545 else
3546 @{
3547 $$ = 1;
3548 fprintf (stderr,
3549 "Division by zero, l%d,c%d-l%d,c%d",
3550 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
3551 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
3552 @}
3553 @}
3554 @end group
3555 @end example
3556
3557 As for semantic values, there is a default action for locations that is
3558 run each time a rule is matched. It sets the beginning of @code{@@$} to the
3559 beginning of the first symbol, and the end of @code{@@$} to the end of the
3560 last symbol.
3561
3562 With this default action, the location tracking can be fully automatic. The
3563 example above simply rewrites this way:
3564
3565 @example
3566 @group
3567 exp: @dots{}
3568 | exp '/' exp
3569 @{
3570 if ($3)
3571 $$ = $1 / $3;
3572 else
3573 @{
3574 $$ = 1;
3575 fprintf (stderr,
3576 "Division by zero, l%d,c%d-l%d,c%d",
3577 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
3578 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
3579 @}
3580 @}
3581 @end group
3582 @end example
3583
3584 @vindex yylloc
3585 It is also possible to access the location of the lookahead token, if any,
3586 from a semantic action.
3587 This location is stored in @code{yylloc}.
3588 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
3589
3590 @node Location Default Action
3591 @subsection Default Action for Locations
3592 @vindex YYLLOC_DEFAULT
3593 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}
3594
3595 Actually, actions are not the best place to compute locations. Since
3596 locations are much more general than semantic values, there is room in
3597 the output parser to redefine the default action to take for each
3598 rule. The @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} macro is invoked each time a rule is
3599 matched, before the associated action is run. It is also invoked
3600 while processing a syntax error, to compute the error's location.
3601 Before reporting an unresolvable syntactic ambiguity, a @acronym{GLR}
3602 parser invokes @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} recursively to compute the location
3603 of that ambiguity.
3604
3605 Most of the time, this macro is general enough to suppress location
3606 dedicated code from semantic actions.
3607
3608 The @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} macro takes three parameters. The first one is
3609 the location of the grouping (the result of the computation). When a
3610 rule is matched, the second parameter identifies locations of
3611 all right hand side elements of the rule being matched, and the third
3612 parameter is the size of the rule's right hand side.
3613 When a @acronym{GLR} parser reports an ambiguity, which of multiple candidate
3614 right hand sides it passes to @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} is undefined.
3615 When processing a syntax error, the second parameter identifies locations
3616 of the symbols that were discarded during error processing, and the third
3617 parameter is the number of discarded symbols.
3618
3619 By default, @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} is defined this way:
3620
3621 @smallexample
3622 @group
3623 # define YYLLOC_DEFAULT(Current, Rhs, N) \
3624 do \
3625 if (N) \
3626 @{ \
3627 (Current).first_line = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 1).first_line; \
3628 (Current).first_column = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 1).first_column; \
3629 (Current).last_line = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, N).last_line; \
3630 (Current).last_column = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, N).last_column; \
3631 @} \
3632 else \
3633 @{ \
3634 (Current).first_line = (Current).last_line = \
3635 YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 0).last_line; \
3636 (Current).first_column = (Current).last_column = \
3637 YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 0).last_column; \
3638 @} \
3639 while (0)
3640 @end group
3641 @end smallexample
3642
3643 where @code{YYRHSLOC (rhs, k)} is the location of the @var{k}th symbol
3644 in @var{rhs} when @var{k} is positive, and the location of the symbol
3645 just before the reduction when @var{k} and @var{n} are both zero.
3646
3647 When defining @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}, you should consider that:
3648
3649 @itemize @bullet
3650 @item
3651 All arguments are free of side-effects. However, only the first one (the
3652 result) should be modified by @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}.
3653
3654 @item
3655 For consistency with semantic actions, valid indexes within the
3656 right hand side range from 1 to @var{n}. When @var{n} is zero, only 0 is a
3657 valid index, and it refers to the symbol just before the reduction.
3658 During error processing @var{n} is always positive.
3659
3660 @item
3661 Your macro should parenthesize its arguments, if need be, since the
3662 actual arguments may not be surrounded by parentheses. Also, your
3663 macro should expand to something that can be used as a single
3664 statement when it is followed by a semicolon.
3665 @end itemize
3666
3667 @node Declarations
3668 @section Bison Declarations
3669 @cindex declarations, Bison
3670 @cindex Bison declarations
3671
3672 The @dfn{Bison declarations} section of a Bison grammar defines the symbols
3673 used in formulating the grammar and the data types of semantic values.
3674 @xref{Symbols}.
3675
3676 All token type names (but not single-character literal tokens such as
3677 @code{'+'} and @code{'*'}) must be declared. Nonterminal symbols must be
3678 declared if you need to specify which data type to use for the semantic
3679 value (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}).
3680
3681 The first rule in the file also specifies the start symbol, by default.
3682 If you want some other symbol to be the start symbol, you must declare
3683 it explicitly (@pxref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free
3684 Grammars}).
3685
3686 @menu
3687 * Require Decl:: Requiring a Bison version.
3688 * Token Decl:: Declaring terminal symbols.
3689 * Precedence Decl:: Declaring terminals with precedence and associativity.
3690 * Union Decl:: Declaring the set of all semantic value types.
3691 * Type Decl:: Declaring the choice of type for a nonterminal symbol.
3692 * Initial Action Decl:: Code run before parsing starts.
3693 * Destructor Decl:: Declaring how symbols are freed.
3694 * Expect Decl:: Suppressing warnings about parsing conflicts.
3695 * Start Decl:: Specifying the start symbol.
3696 * Pure Decl:: Requesting a reentrant parser.
3697 * Decl Summary:: Table of all Bison declarations.
3698 @end menu
3699
3700 @node Require Decl
3701 @subsection Require a Version of Bison
3702 @cindex version requirement
3703 @cindex requiring a version of Bison
3704 @findex %require
3705
3706 You may require the minimum version of Bison to process the grammar. If
3707 the requirement is not met, @command{bison} exits with an error (exit
3708 status 63).
3709
3710 @example
3711 %require "@var{version}"
3712 @end example
3713
3714 @node Token Decl
3715 @subsection Token Type Names
3716 @cindex declaring token type names
3717 @cindex token type names, declaring
3718 @cindex declaring literal string tokens
3719 @findex %token
3720
3721 The basic way to declare a token type name (terminal symbol) is as follows:
3722
3723 @example
3724 %token @var{name}
3725 @end example
3726
3727 Bison will convert this into a @code{#define} directive in
3728 the parser, so that the function @code{yylex} (if it is in this file)
3729 can use the name @var{name} to stand for this token type's code.
3730
3731 Alternatively, you can use @code{%left}, @code{%right}, or
3732 @code{%nonassoc} instead of @code{%token}, if you wish to specify
3733 associativity and precedence. @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator
3734 Precedence}.
3735
3736 You can explicitly specify the numeric code for a token type by appending
3737 a decimal or hexadecimal integer value in the field immediately
3738 following the token name:
3739
3740 @example
3741 %token NUM 300
3742 %token XNUM 0x12d // a GNU extension
3743 @end example
3744
3745 @noindent
3746 It is generally best, however, to let Bison choose the numeric codes for
3747 all token types. Bison will automatically select codes that don't conflict
3748 with each other or with normal characters.
3749
3750 In the event that the stack type is a union, you must augment the
3751 @code{%token} or other token declaration to include the data type
3752 alternative delimited by angle-brackets (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More
3753 Than One Value Type}).
3754
3755 For example:
3756
3757 @example
3758 @group
3759 %union @{ /* define stack type */
3760 double val;
3761 symrec *tptr;
3762 @}
3763 %token <val> NUM /* define token NUM and its type */
3764 @end group
3765 @end example
3766
3767 You can associate a literal string token with a token type name by
3768 writing the literal string at the end of a @code{%token}
3769 declaration which declares the name. For example:
3770
3771 @example
3772 %token arrow "=>"
3773 @end example
3774
3775 @noindent
3776 For example, a grammar for the C language might specify these names with
3777 equivalent literal string tokens:
3778
3779 @example
3780 %token <operator> OR "||"
3781 %token <operator> LE 134 "<="
3782 %left OR "<="
3783 @end example
3784
3785 @noindent
3786 Once you equate the literal string and the token name, you can use them
3787 interchangeably in further declarations or the grammar rules. The
3788 @code{yylex} function can use the token name or the literal string to
3789 obtain the token type code number (@pxref{Calling Convention}).
3790
3791 @node Precedence Decl
3792 @subsection Operator Precedence
3793 @cindex precedence declarations
3794 @cindex declaring operator precedence
3795 @cindex operator precedence, declaring
3796
3797 Use the @code{%left}, @code{%right} or @code{%nonassoc} declaration to
3798 declare a token and specify its precedence and associativity, all at
3799 once. These are called @dfn{precedence declarations}.
3800 @xref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}, for general information on
3801 operator precedence.
3802
3803 The syntax of a precedence declaration is the same as that of
3804 @code{%token}: either
3805
3806 @example
3807 %left @var{symbols}@dots{}
3808 @end example
3809
3810 @noindent
3811 or
3812
3813 @example
3814 %left <@var{type}> @var{symbols}@dots{}
3815 @end example
3816
3817 And indeed any of these declarations serves the purposes of @code{%token}.
3818 But in addition, they specify the associativity and relative precedence for
3819 all the @var{symbols}:
3820
3821 @itemize @bullet
3822 @item
3823 The associativity of an operator @var{op} determines how repeated uses
3824 of the operator nest: whether @samp{@var{x} @var{op} @var{y} @var{op}
3825 @var{z}} is parsed by grouping @var{x} with @var{y} first or by
3826 grouping @var{y} with @var{z} first. @code{%left} specifies
3827 left-associativity (grouping @var{x} with @var{y} first) and
3828 @code{%right} specifies right-associativity (grouping @var{y} with
3829 @var{z} first). @code{%nonassoc} specifies no associativity, which
3830 means that @samp{@var{x} @var{op} @var{y} @var{op} @var{z}} is
3831 considered a syntax error.
3832
3833 @item
3834 The precedence of an operator determines how it nests with other operators.
3835 All the tokens declared in a single precedence declaration have equal
3836 precedence and nest together according to their associativity.
3837 When two tokens declared in different precedence declarations associate,
3838 the one declared later has the higher precedence and is grouped first.
3839 @end itemize
3840
3841 @node Union Decl
3842 @subsection The Collection of Value Types
3843 @cindex declaring value types
3844 @cindex value types, declaring
3845 @findex %union
3846
3847 The @code{%union} declaration specifies the entire collection of
3848 possible data types for semantic values. The keyword @code{%union} is
3849 followed by braced code containing the same thing that goes inside a
3850 @code{union} in C@.
3851
3852 For example:
3853
3854 @example
3855 @group
3856 %union @{
3857 double val;
3858 symrec *tptr;
3859 @}
3860 @end group
3861 @end example
3862
3863 @noindent
3864 This says that the two alternative types are @code{double} and @code{symrec
3865 *}. They are given names @code{val} and @code{tptr}; these names are used
3866 in the @code{%token} and @code{%type} declarations to pick one of the types
3867 for a terminal or nonterminal symbol (@pxref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
3868
3869 As an extension to @acronym{POSIX}, a tag is allowed after the
3870 @code{union}. For example:
3871
3872 @example
3873 @group
3874 %union value @{
3875 double val;
3876 symrec *tptr;
3877 @}
3878 @end group
3879 @end example
3880
3881 @noindent
3882 specifies the union tag @code{value}, so the corresponding C type is
3883 @code{union value}. If you do not specify a tag, it defaults to
3884 @code{YYSTYPE}.
3885
3886 As another extension to @acronym{POSIX}, you may specify multiple
3887 @code{%union} declarations; their contents are concatenated. However,
3888 only the first @code{%union} declaration can specify a tag.
3889
3890 Note that, unlike making a @code{union} declaration in C, you need not write
3891 a semicolon after the closing brace.
3892
3893 @node Type Decl
3894 @subsection Nonterminal Symbols
3895 @cindex declaring value types, nonterminals
3896 @cindex value types, nonterminals, declaring
3897 @findex %type
3898
3899 @noindent
3900 When you use @code{%union} to specify multiple value types, you must
3901 declare the value type of each nonterminal symbol for which values are
3902 used. This is done with a @code{%type} declaration, like this:
3903
3904 @example
3905 %type <@var{type}> @var{nonterminal}@dots{}
3906 @end example
3907
3908 @noindent
3909 Here @var{nonterminal} is the name of a nonterminal symbol, and
3910 @var{type} is the name given in the @code{%union} to the alternative
3911 that you want (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}). You
3912 can give any number of nonterminal symbols in the same @code{%type}
3913 declaration, if they have the same value type. Use spaces to separate
3914 the symbol names.
3915
3916 You can also declare the value type of a terminal symbol. To do this,
3917 use the same @code{<@var{type}>} construction in a declaration for the
3918 terminal symbol. All kinds of token declarations allow
3919 @code{<@var{type}>}.
3920
3921 @node Initial Action Decl
3922 @subsection Performing Actions before Parsing
3923 @findex %initial-action
3924
3925 Sometimes your parser needs to perform some initializations before
3926 parsing. The @code{%initial-action} directive allows for such arbitrary
3927 code.
3928
3929 @deffn {Directive} %initial-action @{ @var{code} @}
3930 @findex %initial-action
3931 Declare that the braced @var{code} must be invoked before parsing each time
3932 @code{yyparse} is called. The @var{code} may use @code{$$} and
3933 @code{@@$} --- initial value and location of the lookahead --- and the
3934 @code{%parse-param}.
3935 @end deffn
3936
3937 For instance, if your locations use a file name, you may use
3938
3939 @example
3940 %parse-param @{ char const *file_name @};
3941 %initial-action
3942 @{
3943 @@$.initialize (file_name);
3944 @};
3945 @end example
3946
3947
3948 @node Destructor Decl
3949 @subsection Freeing Discarded Symbols
3950 @cindex freeing discarded symbols
3951 @findex %destructor
3952
3953 During error recovery (@pxref{Error Recovery}), symbols already pushed
3954 on the stack and tokens coming from the rest of the file are discarded
3955 until the parser falls on its feet. If the parser runs out of memory,
3956 or if it returns via @code{YYABORT} or @code{YYACCEPT}, all the
3957 symbols on the stack must be discarded. Even if the parser succeeds, it
3958 must discard the start symbol.
3959
3960 When discarded symbols convey heap based information, this memory is
3961 lost. While this behavior can be tolerable for batch parsers, such as
3962 in traditional compilers, it is unacceptable for programs like shells or
3963 protocol implementations that may parse and execute indefinitely.
3964
3965 The @code{%destructor} directive defines code that is called when a
3966 symbol is automatically discarded.
3967
3968 @deffn {Directive} %destructor @{ @var{code} @} @var{symbols}
3969 @findex %destructor
3970 Invoke the braced @var{code} whenever the parser discards one of the
3971 @var{symbols}.
3972 Within @var{code}, @code{$$} designates the semantic value associated
3973 with the discarded symbol. The additional parser parameters are also
3974 available (@pxref{Parser Function, , The Parser Function
3975 @code{yyparse}}).
3976 @end deffn
3977
3978 For instance:
3979
3980 @smallexample
3981 %union
3982 @{
3983 char *string;
3984 @}
3985 %token <string> STRING
3986 %type <string> string
3987 %destructor @{ free ($$); @} STRING string
3988 @end smallexample
3989
3990 @noindent
3991 guarantees that when a @code{STRING} or a @code{string} is discarded,
3992 its associated memory will be freed.
3993
3994 @sp 1
3995
3996 @cindex discarded symbols
3997 @dfn{Discarded symbols} are the following:
3998
3999 @itemize
4000 @item
4001 stacked symbols popped during the first phase of error recovery,
4002 @item
4003 incoming terminals during the second phase of error recovery,
4004 @item
4005 the current lookahead and the entire stack (except the current
4006 right-hand side symbols) when the parser returns immediately, and
4007 @item
4008 the start symbol, when the parser succeeds.
4009 @end itemize
4010
4011 The parser can @dfn{return immediately} because of an explicit call to
4012 @code{YYABORT} or @code{YYACCEPT}, or failed error recovery, or memory
4013 exhaustion.
4014
4015 Right-hand size symbols of a rule that explicitly triggers a syntax
4016 error via @code{YYERROR} are not discarded automatically. As a rule
4017 of thumb, destructors are invoked only when user actions cannot manage
4018 the memory.
4019
4020 @node Expect Decl
4021 @subsection Suppressing Conflict Warnings
4022 @cindex suppressing conflict warnings
4023 @cindex preventing warnings about conflicts
4024 @cindex warnings, preventing
4025 @cindex conflicts, suppressing warnings of
4026 @findex %expect
4027 @findex %expect-rr
4028
4029 Bison normally warns if there are any conflicts in the grammar
4030 (@pxref{Shift/Reduce, ,Shift/Reduce Conflicts}), but most real grammars
4031 have harmless shift/reduce conflicts which are resolved in a predictable
4032 way and would be difficult to eliminate. It is desirable to suppress
4033 the warning about these conflicts unless the number of conflicts
4034 changes. You can do this with the @code{%expect} declaration.
4035
4036 The declaration looks like this:
4037
4038 @example
4039 %expect @var{n}
4040 @end example
4041
4042 Here @var{n} is a decimal integer. The declaration says there should
4043 be @var{n} shift/reduce conflicts and no reduce/reduce conflicts.
4044 Bison reports an error if the number of shift/reduce conflicts differs
4045 from @var{n}, or if there are any reduce/reduce conflicts.
4046
4047 For normal @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers, reduce/reduce conflicts are more
4048 serious, and should be eliminated entirely. Bison will always report
4049 reduce/reduce conflicts for these parsers. With @acronym{GLR}
4050 parsers, however, both kinds of conflicts are routine; otherwise,
4051 there would be no need to use @acronym{GLR} parsing. Therefore, it is
4052 also possible to specify an expected number of reduce/reduce conflicts
4053 in @acronym{GLR} parsers, using the declaration:
4054
4055 @example
4056 %expect-rr @var{n}
4057 @end example
4058
4059 In general, using @code{%expect} involves these steps:
4060
4061 @itemize @bullet
4062 @item
4063 Compile your grammar without @code{%expect}. Use the @samp{-v} option
4064 to get a verbose list of where the conflicts occur. Bison will also
4065 print the number of conflicts.
4066
4067 @item
4068 Check each of the conflicts to make sure that Bison's default
4069 resolution is what you really want. If not, rewrite the grammar and
4070 go back to the beginning.
4071
4072 @item
4073 Add an @code{%expect} declaration, copying the number @var{n} from the
4074 number which Bison printed. With @acronym{GLR} parsers, add an
4075 @code{%expect-rr} declaration as well.
4076 @end itemize
4077
4078 Now Bison will warn you if you introduce an unexpected conflict, but
4079 will keep silent otherwise.
4080
4081 @node Start Decl
4082 @subsection The Start-Symbol
4083 @cindex declaring the start symbol
4084 @cindex start symbol, declaring
4085 @cindex default start symbol
4086 @findex %start
4087
4088 Bison assumes by default that the start symbol for the grammar is the first
4089 nonterminal specified in the grammar specification section. The programmer
4090 may override this restriction with the @code{%start} declaration as follows:
4091
4092 @example
4093 %start @var{symbol}
4094 @end example
4095
4096 @node Pure Decl
4097 @subsection A Pure (Reentrant) Parser
4098 @cindex reentrant parser
4099 @cindex pure parser
4100 @findex %pure-parser
4101
4102 A @dfn{reentrant} program is one which does not alter in the course of
4103 execution; in other words, it consists entirely of @dfn{pure} (read-only)
4104 code. Reentrancy is important whenever asynchronous execution is possible;
4105 for example, a nonreentrant program may not be safe to call from a signal
4106 handler. In systems with multiple threads of control, a nonreentrant
4107 program must be called only within interlocks.
4108
4109 Normally, Bison generates a parser which is not reentrant. This is
4110 suitable for most uses, and it permits compatibility with Yacc. (The
4111 standard Yacc interfaces are inherently nonreentrant, because they use
4112 statically allocated variables for communication with @code{yylex},
4113 including @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc}.)
4114
4115 Alternatively, you can generate a pure, reentrant parser. The Bison
4116 declaration @code{%pure-parser} says that you want the parser to be
4117 reentrant. It looks like this:
4118
4119 @example
4120 %pure-parser
4121 @end example
4122
4123 The result is that the communication variables @code{yylval} and
4124 @code{yylloc} become local variables in @code{yyparse}, and a different
4125 calling convention is used for the lexical analyzer function
4126 @code{yylex}. @xref{Pure Calling, ,Calling Conventions for Pure
4127 Parsers}, for the details of this. The variable @code{yynerrs} also
4128 becomes local in @code{yyparse} (@pxref{Error Reporting, ,The Error
4129 Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}). The convention for calling
4130 @code{yyparse} itself is unchanged.
4131
4132 Whether the parser is pure has nothing to do with the grammar rules.
4133 You can generate either a pure parser or a nonreentrant parser from any
4134 valid grammar.
4135
4136 @node Decl Summary
4137 @subsection Bison Declaration Summary
4138 @cindex Bison declaration summary
4139 @cindex declaration summary
4140 @cindex summary, Bison declaration
4141
4142 Here is a summary of the declarations used to define a grammar:
4143
4144 @deffn {Directive} %union
4145 Declare the collection of data types that semantic values may have
4146 (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}).
4147 @end deffn
4148
4149 @deffn {Directive} %token
4150 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) with no precedence
4151 or associativity specified (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}).
4152 @end deffn
4153
4154 @deffn {Directive} %right
4155 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is right-associative
4156 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4157 @end deffn
4158
4159 @deffn {Directive} %left
4160 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is left-associative
4161 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4162 @end deffn
4163
4164 @deffn {Directive} %nonassoc
4165 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is nonassociative
4166 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4167 Using it in a way that would be associative is a syntax error.
4168 @end deffn
4169
4170 @ifset defaultprec
4171 @deffn {Directive} %default-prec
4172 Assign a precedence to rules lacking an explicit @code{%prec} modifier
4173 (@pxref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}).
4174 @end deffn
4175 @end ifset
4176
4177 @deffn {Directive} %type
4178 Declare the type of semantic values for a nonterminal symbol
4179 (@pxref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
4180 @end deffn
4181
4182 @deffn {Directive} %start
4183 Specify the grammar's start symbol (@pxref{Start Decl, ,The
4184 Start-Symbol}).
4185 @end deffn
4186
4187 @deffn {Directive} %expect
4188 Declare the expected number of shift-reduce conflicts
4189 (@pxref{Expect Decl, ,Suppressing Conflict Warnings}).
4190 @end deffn
4191
4192
4193 @sp 1
4194 @noindent
4195 In order to change the behavior of @command{bison}, use the following
4196 directives:
4197
4198 @deffn {Directive} %debug
4199 In the parser file, define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to 1 if it is not
4200 already defined, so that the debugging facilities are compiled.
4201 @end deffn
4202 @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
4203
4204 @deffn {Directive} %defines
4205 Write a header file containing macro definitions for the token type
4206 names defined in the grammar as well as a few other declarations.
4207 If the parser output file is named @file{@var{name}.c} then this file
4208 is named @file{@var{name}.h}.
4209
4210 Unless @code{YYSTYPE} is already defined as a macro, the output header
4211 declares @code{YYSTYPE}. Therefore, if you are using a @code{%union}
4212 (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}) with components that
4213 require other definitions, or if you have defined a @code{YYSTYPE} macro
4214 (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}), you need to
4215 arrange for these definitions to be propagated to all modules, e.g., by
4216 putting them in a prerequisite header that is included both by your
4217 parser and by any other module that needs @code{YYSTYPE}.
4218
4219 Unless your parser is pure, the output header declares @code{yylval}
4220 as an external variable. @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant)
4221 Parser}.
4222
4223 If you have also used locations, the output header declares
4224 @code{YYLTYPE} and @code{yylloc} using a protocol similar to that of
4225 @code{YYSTYPE} and @code{yylval}. @xref{Locations, ,Tracking
4226 Locations}.
4227
4228 This output file is normally essential if you wish to put the definition
4229 of @code{yylex} in a separate source file, because @code{yylex}
4230 typically needs to be able to refer to the above-mentioned declarations
4231 and to the token type codes. @xref{Token Values, ,Semantic Values of
4232 Tokens}.
4233
4234 @findex %start-header
4235 @findex %end-header
4236 If you have declared @code{%start-header} or @code{%end-header}, the output
4237 header also contains their code.
4238 @xref{Table of Symbols, ,%start-header}.
4239 @end deffn
4240
4241 @deffn {Directive} %destructor
4242 Specify how the parser should reclaim the memory associated to
4243 discarded symbols. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
4244 @end deffn
4245
4246 @deffn {Directive} %file-prefix="@var{prefix}"
4247 Specify a prefix to use for all Bison output file names. The names are
4248 chosen as if the input file were named @file{@var{prefix}.y}.
4249 @end deffn
4250
4251 @deffn {Directive} %locations
4252 Generate the code processing the locations (@pxref{Action Features,
4253 ,Special Features for Use in Actions}). This mode is enabled as soon as
4254 the grammar uses the special @samp{@@@var{n}} tokens, but if your
4255 grammar does not use it, using @samp{%locations} allows for more
4256 accurate syntax error messages.
4257 @end deffn
4258
4259 @deffn {Directive} %name-prefix="@var{prefix}"
4260 Rename the external symbols used in the parser so that they start with
4261 @var{prefix} instead of @samp{yy}. The precise list of symbols renamed
4262 in C parsers
4263 is @code{yyparse}, @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror}, @code{yynerrs},
4264 @code{yylval}, @code{yychar}, @code{yydebug}, and
4265 (if locations are used) @code{yylloc}. For example, if you use
4266 @samp{%name-prefix="c_"}, the names become @code{c_parse}, @code{c_lex},
4267 and so on. In C++ parsers, it is only the surrounding namespace which is
4268 named @var{prefix} instead of @samp{yy}.
4269 @xref{Multiple Parsers, ,Multiple Parsers in the Same Program}.
4270 @end deffn
4271
4272 @ifset defaultprec
4273 @deffn {Directive} %no-default-prec
4274 Do not assign a precedence to rules lacking an explicit @code{%prec}
4275 modifier (@pxref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
4276 Precedence}).
4277 @end deffn
4278 @end ifset
4279
4280 @deffn {Directive} %no-parser
4281 Do not include any C code in the parser file; generate tables only. The
4282 parser file contains just @code{#define} directives and static variable
4283 declarations.
4284
4285 This option also tells Bison to write the C code for the grammar actions
4286 into a file named @file{@var{file}.act}, in the form of a
4287 brace-surrounded body fit for a @code{switch} statement.
4288 @end deffn
4289
4290 @deffn {Directive} %no-lines
4291 Don't generate any @code{#line} preprocessor commands in the parser
4292 file. Ordinarily Bison writes these commands in the parser file so that
4293 the C compiler and debuggers will associate errors and object code with
4294 your source file (the grammar file). This directive causes them to
4295 associate errors with the parser file, treating it an independent source
4296 file in its own right.
4297 @end deffn
4298
4299 @deffn {Directive} %output="@var{file}"
4300 Specify @var{file} for the parser file.
4301 @end deffn
4302
4303 @deffn {Directive} %pure-parser
4304 Request a pure (reentrant) parser program (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure
4305 (Reentrant) Parser}).
4306 @end deffn
4307
4308 @deffn {Directive} %require "@var{version}"
4309 Require version @var{version} or higher of Bison. @xref{Require Decl, ,
4310 Require a Version of Bison}.
4311 @end deffn
4312
4313 @deffn {Directive} %token-table
4314 Generate an array of token names in the parser file. The name of the
4315 array is @code{yytname}; @code{yytname[@var{i}]} is the name of the
4316 token whose internal Bison token code number is @var{i}. The first
4317 three elements of @code{yytname} correspond to the predefined tokens
4318 @code{"$end"},
4319 @code{"error"}, and @code{"$undefined"}; after these come the symbols
4320 defined in the grammar file.
4321
4322 The name in the table includes all the characters needed to represent
4323 the token in Bison. For single-character literals and literal
4324 strings, this includes the surrounding quoting characters and any
4325 escape sequences. For example, the Bison single-character literal
4326 @code{'+'} corresponds to a three-character name, represented in C as
4327 @code{"'+'"}; and the Bison two-character literal string @code{"\\/"}
4328 corresponds to a five-character name, represented in C as
4329 @code{"\"\\\\/\""}.
4330
4331 When you specify @code{%token-table}, Bison also generates macro
4332 definitions for macros @code{YYNTOKENS}, @code{YYNNTS}, and
4333 @code{YYNRULES}, and @code{YYNSTATES}:
4334
4335 @table @code
4336 @item YYNTOKENS
4337 The highest token number, plus one.
4338 @item YYNNTS
4339 The number of nonterminal symbols.
4340 @item YYNRULES
4341 The number of grammar rules,
4342 @item YYNSTATES
4343 The number of parser states (@pxref{Parser States}).
4344 @end table
4345 @end deffn
4346
4347 @deffn {Directive} %verbose
4348 Write an extra output file containing verbose descriptions of the
4349 parser states and what is done for each type of lookahead token in
4350 that state. @xref{Understanding, , Understanding Your Parser}, for more
4351 information.
4352 @end deffn
4353
4354 @deffn {Directive} %yacc
4355 Pretend the option @option{--yacc} was given, i.e., imitate Yacc,
4356 including its naming conventions. @xref{Bison Options}, for more.
4357 @end deffn
4358
4359
4360 @node Multiple Parsers
4361 @section Multiple Parsers in the Same Program
4362
4363 Most programs that use Bison parse only one language and therefore contain
4364 only one Bison parser. But what if you want to parse more than one
4365 language with the same program? Then you need to avoid a name conflict
4366 between different definitions of @code{yyparse}, @code{yylval}, and so on.
4367
4368 The easy way to do this is to use the option @samp{-p @var{prefix}}
4369 (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}). This renames the interface
4370 functions and variables of the Bison parser to start with @var{prefix}
4371 instead of @samp{yy}. You can use this to give each parser distinct
4372 names that do not conflict.
4373
4374 The precise list of symbols renamed is @code{yyparse}, @code{yylex},
4375 @code{yyerror}, @code{yynerrs}, @code{yylval}, @code{yylloc},
4376 @code{yychar} and @code{yydebug}. For example, if you use @samp{-p c},
4377 the names become @code{cparse}, @code{clex}, and so on.
4378
4379 @strong{All the other variables and macros associated with Bison are not
4380 renamed.} These others are not global; there is no conflict if the same
4381 name is used in different parsers. For example, @code{YYSTYPE} is not
4382 renamed, but defining this in different ways in different parsers causes
4383 no trouble (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}).
4384
4385 The @samp{-p} option works by adding macro definitions to the beginning
4386 of the parser source file, defining @code{yyparse} as
4387 @code{@var{prefix}parse}, and so on. This effectively substitutes one
4388 name for the other in the entire parser file.
4389
4390 @node Interface
4391 @chapter Parser C-Language Interface
4392 @cindex C-language interface
4393 @cindex interface
4394
4395 The Bison parser is actually a C function named @code{yyparse}. Here we
4396 describe the interface conventions of @code{yyparse} and the other
4397 functions that it needs to use.
4398
4399 Keep in mind that the parser uses many C identifiers starting with
4400 @samp{yy} and @samp{YY} for internal purposes. If you use such an
4401 identifier (aside from those in this manual) in an action or in epilogue
4402 in the grammar file, you are likely to run into trouble.
4403
4404 @menu
4405 * Parser Function:: How to call @code{yyparse} and what it returns.
4406 * Lexical:: You must supply a function @code{yylex}
4407 which reads tokens.
4408 * Error Reporting:: You must supply a function @code{yyerror}.
4409 * Action Features:: Special features for use in actions.
4410 * Internationalization:: How to let the parser speak in the user's
4411 native language.
4412 @end menu
4413
4414 @node Parser Function
4415 @section The Parser Function @code{yyparse}
4416 @findex yyparse
4417
4418 You call the function @code{yyparse} to cause parsing to occur. This
4419 function reads tokens, executes actions, and ultimately returns when it
4420 encounters end-of-input or an unrecoverable syntax error. You can also
4421 write an action which directs @code{yyparse} to return immediately
4422 without reading further.
4423
4424
4425 @deftypefun int yyparse (void)
4426 The value returned by @code{yyparse} is 0 if parsing was successful (return
4427 is due to end-of-input).
4428
4429 The value is 1 if parsing failed because of invalid input, i.e., input
4430 that contains a syntax error or that causes @code{YYABORT} to be
4431 invoked.
4432
4433 The value is 2 if parsing failed due to memory exhaustion.
4434 @end deftypefun
4435
4436 In an action, you can cause immediate return from @code{yyparse} by using
4437 these macros:
4438
4439 @defmac YYACCEPT
4440 @findex YYACCEPT
4441 Return immediately with value 0 (to report success).
4442 @end defmac
4443
4444 @defmac YYABORT
4445 @findex YYABORT
4446 Return immediately with value 1 (to report failure).
4447 @end defmac
4448
4449 If you use a reentrant parser, you can optionally pass additional
4450 parameter information to it in a reentrant way. To do so, use the
4451 declaration @code{%parse-param}:
4452
4453 @deffn {Directive} %parse-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
4454 @findex %parse-param
4455 Declare that an argument declared by the braced-code
4456 @var{argument-declaration} is an additional @code{yyparse} argument.
4457 The @var{argument-declaration} is used when declaring
4458 functions or prototypes. The last identifier in
4459 @var{argument-declaration} must be the argument name.
4460 @end deffn
4461
4462 Here's an example. Write this in the parser:
4463
4464 @example
4465 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
4466 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
4467 @end example
4468
4469 @noindent
4470 Then call the parser like this:
4471
4472 @example
4473 @{
4474 int nastiness, randomness;
4475 @dots{} /* @r{Store proper data in @code{nastiness} and @code{randomness}.} */
4476 value = yyparse (&nastiness, &randomness);
4477 @dots{}
4478 @}
4479 @end example
4480
4481 @noindent
4482 In the grammar actions, use expressions like this to refer to the data:
4483
4484 @example
4485 exp: @dots{} @{ @dots{}; *randomness += 1; @dots{} @}
4486 @end example
4487
4488
4489 @node Lexical
4490 @section The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}
4491 @findex yylex
4492 @cindex lexical analyzer
4493
4494 The @dfn{lexical analyzer} function, @code{yylex}, recognizes tokens from
4495 the input stream and returns them to the parser. Bison does not create
4496 this function automatically; you must write it so that @code{yyparse} can
4497 call it. The function is sometimes referred to as a lexical scanner.
4498
4499 In simple programs, @code{yylex} is often defined at the end of the Bison
4500 grammar file. If @code{yylex} is defined in a separate source file, you
4501 need to arrange for the token-type macro definitions to be available there.
4502 To do this, use the @samp{-d} option when you run Bison, so that it will
4503 write these macro definitions into a separate header file
4504 @file{@var{name}.tab.h} which you can include in the other source files
4505 that need it. @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
4506
4507 @menu
4508 * Calling Convention:: How @code{yyparse} calls @code{yylex}.
4509 * Token Values:: How @code{yylex} must return the semantic value
4510 of the token it has read.
4511 * Token Locations:: How @code{yylex} must return the text location
4512 (line number, etc.) of the token, if the
4513 actions want that.
4514 * Pure Calling:: How the calling convention differs
4515 in a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}).
4516 @end menu
4517
4518 @node Calling Convention
4519 @subsection Calling Convention for @code{yylex}
4520
4521 The value that @code{yylex} returns must be the positive numeric code
4522 for the type of token it has just found; a zero or negative value
4523 signifies end-of-input.
4524
4525 When a token is referred to in the grammar rules by a name, that name
4526 in the parser file becomes a C macro whose definition is the proper
4527 numeric code for that token type. So @code{yylex} can use the name
4528 to indicate that type. @xref{Symbols}.
4529
4530 When a token is referred to in the grammar rules by a character literal,
4531 the numeric code for that character is also the code for the token type.
4532 So @code{yylex} can simply return that character code, possibly converted
4533 to @code{unsigned char} to avoid sign-extension. The null character
4534 must not be used this way, because its code is zero and that
4535 signifies end-of-input.
4536
4537 Here is an example showing these things:
4538
4539 @example
4540 int
4541 yylex (void)
4542 @{
4543 @dots{}
4544 if (c == EOF) /* Detect end-of-input. */
4545 return 0;
4546 @dots{}
4547 if (c == '+' || c == '-')
4548 return c; /* Assume token type for `+' is '+'. */
4549 @dots{}
4550 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4551 @dots{}
4552 @}
4553 @end example
4554
4555 @noindent
4556 This interface has been designed so that the output from the @code{lex}
4557 utility can be used without change as the definition of @code{yylex}.
4558
4559 If the grammar uses literal string tokens, there are two ways that
4560 @code{yylex} can determine the token type codes for them:
4561
4562 @itemize @bullet
4563 @item
4564 If the grammar defines symbolic token names as aliases for the
4565 literal string tokens, @code{yylex} can use these symbolic names like
4566 all others. In this case, the use of the literal string tokens in
4567 the grammar file has no effect on @code{yylex}.
4568
4569 @item
4570 @code{yylex} can find the multicharacter token in the @code{yytname}
4571 table. The index of the token in the table is the token type's code.
4572 The name of a multicharacter token is recorded in @code{yytname} with a
4573 double-quote, the token's characters, and another double-quote. The
4574 token's characters are escaped as necessary to be suitable as input
4575 to Bison.
4576
4577 Here's code for looking up a multicharacter token in @code{yytname},
4578 assuming that the characters of the token are stored in
4579 @code{token_buffer}, and assuming that the token does not contain any
4580 characters like @samp{"} that require escaping.
4581
4582 @smallexample
4583 for (i = 0; i < YYNTOKENS; i++)
4584 @{
4585 if (yytname[i] != 0
4586 && yytname[i][0] == '"'
4587 && ! strncmp (yytname[i] + 1, token_buffer,
4588 strlen (token_buffer))
4589 && yytname[i][strlen (token_buffer) + 1] == '"'
4590 && yytname[i][strlen (token_buffer) + 2] == 0)
4591 break;
4592 @}
4593 @end smallexample
4594
4595 The @code{yytname} table is generated only if you use the
4596 @code{%token-table} declaration. @xref{Decl Summary}.
4597 @end itemize
4598
4599 @node Token Values
4600 @subsection Semantic Values of Tokens
4601
4602 @vindex yylval
4603 In an ordinary (nonreentrant) parser, the semantic value of the token must
4604 be stored into the global variable @code{yylval}. When you are using
4605 just one data type for semantic values, @code{yylval} has that type.
4606 Thus, if the type is @code{int} (the default), you might write this in
4607 @code{yylex}:
4608
4609 @example
4610 @group
4611 @dots{}
4612 yylval = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
4613 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4614 @dots{}
4615 @end group
4616 @end example
4617
4618 When you are using multiple data types, @code{yylval}'s type is a union
4619 made from the @code{%union} declaration (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The
4620 Collection of Value Types}). So when you store a token's value, you
4621 must use the proper member of the union. If the @code{%union}
4622 declaration looks like this:
4623
4624 @example
4625 @group
4626 %union @{
4627 int intval;
4628 double val;
4629 symrec *tptr;
4630 @}
4631 @end group
4632 @end example
4633
4634 @noindent
4635 then the code in @code{yylex} might look like this:
4636
4637 @example
4638 @group
4639 @dots{}
4640 yylval.intval = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
4641 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4642 @dots{}
4643 @end group
4644 @end example
4645
4646 @node Token Locations
4647 @subsection Textual Locations of Tokens
4648
4649 @vindex yylloc
4650 If you are using the @samp{@@@var{n}}-feature (@pxref{Locations, ,
4651 Tracking Locations}) in actions to keep track of the textual locations
4652 of tokens and groupings, then you must provide this information in
4653 @code{yylex}. The function @code{yyparse} expects to find the textual
4654 location of a token just parsed in the global variable @code{yylloc}.
4655 So @code{yylex} must store the proper data in that variable.
4656
4657 By default, the value of @code{yylloc} is a structure and you need only
4658 initialize the members that are going to be used by the actions. The
4659 four members are called @code{first_line}, @code{first_column},
4660 @code{last_line} and @code{last_column}. Note that the use of this
4661 feature makes the parser noticeably slower.
4662
4663 @tindex YYLTYPE
4664 The data type of @code{yylloc} has the name @code{YYLTYPE}.
4665
4666 @node Pure Calling
4667 @subsection Calling Conventions for Pure Parsers
4668
4669 When you use the Bison declaration @code{%pure-parser} to request a
4670 pure, reentrant parser, the global communication variables @code{yylval}
4671 and @code{yylloc} cannot be used. (@xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant)
4672 Parser}.) In such parsers the two global variables are replaced by
4673 pointers passed as arguments to @code{yylex}. You must declare them as
4674 shown here, and pass the information back by storing it through those
4675 pointers.
4676
4677 @example
4678 int
4679 yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp)
4680 @{
4681 @dots{}
4682 *lvalp = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
4683 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4684 @dots{}
4685 @}
4686 @end example
4687
4688 If the grammar file does not use the @samp{@@} constructs to refer to
4689 textual locations, then the type @code{YYLTYPE} will not be defined. In
4690 this case, omit the second argument; @code{yylex} will be called with
4691 only one argument.
4692
4693
4694 If you wish to pass the additional parameter data to @code{yylex}, use
4695 @code{%lex-param} just like @code{%parse-param} (@pxref{Parser
4696 Function}).
4697
4698 @deffn {Directive} lex-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
4699 @findex %lex-param
4700 Declare that the braced-code @var{argument-declaration} is an
4701 additional @code{yylex} argument declaration.
4702 @end deffn
4703
4704 For instance:
4705
4706 @example
4707 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
4708 %lex-param @{int *nastiness@}
4709 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
4710 @end example
4711
4712 @noindent
4713 results in the following signature:
4714
4715 @example
4716 int yylex (int *nastiness);
4717 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4718 @end example
4719
4720 If @code{%pure-parser} is added:
4721
4722 @example
4723 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, int *nastiness);
4724 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4725 @end example
4726
4727 @noindent
4728 and finally, if both @code{%pure-parser} and @code{%locations} are used:
4729
4730 @example
4731 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp, int *nastiness);
4732 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4733 @end example
4734
4735 @node Error Reporting
4736 @section The Error Reporting Function @code{yyerror}
4737 @cindex error reporting function
4738 @findex yyerror
4739 @cindex parse error
4740 @cindex syntax error
4741
4742 The Bison parser detects a @dfn{syntax error} or @dfn{parse error}
4743 whenever it reads a token which cannot satisfy any syntax rule. An
4744 action in the grammar can also explicitly proclaim an error, using the
4745 macro @code{YYERROR} (@pxref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use
4746 in Actions}).
4747
4748 The Bison parser expects to report the error by calling an error
4749 reporting function named @code{yyerror}, which you must supply. It is
4750 called by @code{yyparse} whenever a syntax error is found, and it
4751 receives one argument. For a syntax error, the string is normally
4752 @w{@code{"syntax error"}}.
4753
4754 @findex %error-verbose
4755 If you invoke the directive @code{%error-verbose} in the Bison
4756 declarations section (@pxref{Bison Declarations, ,The Bison Declarations
4757 Section}), then Bison provides a more verbose and specific error message
4758 string instead of just plain @w{@code{"syntax error"}}.
4759
4760 The parser can detect one other kind of error: memory exhaustion. This
4761 can happen when the input contains constructions that are very deeply
4762 nested. It isn't likely you will encounter this, since the Bison
4763 parser normally extends its stack automatically up to a very large limit. But
4764 if memory is exhausted, @code{yyparse} calls @code{yyerror} in the usual
4765 fashion, except that the argument string is @w{@code{"memory exhausted"}}.
4766
4767 In some cases diagnostics like @w{@code{"syntax error"}} are
4768 translated automatically from English to some other language before
4769 they are passed to @code{yyerror}. @xref{Internationalization}.
4770
4771 The following definition suffices in simple programs:
4772
4773 @example
4774 @group
4775 void
4776 yyerror (char const *s)
4777 @{
4778 @end group
4779 @group
4780 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", s);
4781 @}
4782 @end group
4783 @end example
4784
4785 After @code{yyerror} returns to @code{yyparse}, the latter will attempt
4786 error recovery if you have written suitable error recovery grammar rules
4787 (@pxref{Error Recovery}). If recovery is impossible, @code{yyparse} will
4788 immediately return 1.
4789
4790 Obviously, in location tracking pure parsers, @code{yyerror} should have
4791 an access to the current location.
4792 This is indeed the case for the @acronym{GLR}
4793 parsers, but not for the Yacc parser, for historical reasons. I.e., if
4794 @samp{%locations %pure-parser} is passed then the prototypes for
4795 @code{yyerror} are:
4796
4797 @example
4798 void yyerror (char const *msg); /* Yacc parsers. */
4799 void yyerror (YYLTYPE *locp, char const *msg); /* GLR parsers. */
4800 @end example
4801
4802 If @samp{%parse-param @{int *nastiness@}} is used, then:
4803
4804 @example
4805 void yyerror (int *nastiness, char const *msg); /* Yacc parsers. */
4806 void yyerror (int *nastiness, char const *msg); /* GLR parsers. */
4807 @end example
4808
4809 Finally, @acronym{GLR} and Yacc parsers share the same @code{yyerror} calling
4810 convention for absolutely pure parsers, i.e., when the calling
4811 convention of @code{yylex} @emph{and} the calling convention of
4812 @code{%pure-parser} are pure. I.e.:
4813
4814 @example
4815 /* Location tracking. */
4816 %locations
4817 /* Pure yylex. */
4818 %pure-parser
4819 %lex-param @{int *nastiness@}
4820 /* Pure yyparse. */
4821 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
4822 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
4823 @end example
4824
4825 @noindent
4826 results in the following signatures for all the parser kinds:
4827
4828 @example
4829 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp, int *nastiness);
4830 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4831 void yyerror (YYLTYPE *locp,
4832 int *nastiness, int *randomness,
4833 char const *msg);
4834 @end example
4835
4836 @noindent
4837 The prototypes are only indications of how the code produced by Bison
4838 uses @code{yyerror}. Bison-generated code always ignores the returned
4839 value, so @code{yyerror} can return any type, including @code{void}.
4840 Also, @code{yyerror} can be a variadic function; that is why the
4841 message is always passed last.
4842
4843 Traditionally @code{yyerror} returns an @code{int} that is always
4844 ignored, but this is purely for historical reasons, and @code{void} is
4845 preferable since it more accurately describes the return type for
4846 @code{yyerror}.
4847
4848 @vindex yynerrs
4849 The variable @code{yynerrs} contains the number of syntax errors
4850 reported so far. Normally this variable is global; but if you
4851 request a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser})
4852 then it is a local variable which only the actions can access.
4853
4854 @node Action Features
4855 @section Special Features for Use in Actions
4856 @cindex summary, action features
4857 @cindex action features summary
4858
4859 Here is a table of Bison constructs, variables and macros that
4860 are useful in actions.
4861
4862 @deffn {Variable} $$
4863 Acts like a variable that contains the semantic value for the
4864 grouping made by the current rule. @xref{Actions}.
4865 @end deffn
4866
4867 @deffn {Variable} $@var{n}
4868 Acts like a variable that contains the semantic value for the
4869 @var{n}th component of the current rule. @xref{Actions}.
4870 @end deffn
4871
4872 @deffn {Variable} $<@var{typealt}>$
4873 Like @code{$$} but specifies alternative @var{typealt} in the union
4874 specified by the @code{%union} declaration. @xref{Action Types, ,Data
4875 Types of Values in Actions}.
4876 @end deffn
4877
4878 @deffn {Variable} $<@var{typealt}>@var{n}
4879 Like @code{$@var{n}} but specifies alternative @var{typealt} in the
4880 union specified by the @code{%union} declaration.
4881 @xref{Action Types, ,Data Types of Values in Actions}.
4882 @end deffn
4883
4884 @deffn {Macro} YYABORT;
4885 Return immediately from @code{yyparse}, indicating failure.
4886 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
4887 @end deffn
4888
4889 @deffn {Macro} YYACCEPT;
4890 Return immediately from @code{yyparse}, indicating success.
4891 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
4892 @end deffn
4893
4894 @deffn {Macro} YYBACKUP (@var{token}, @var{value});
4895 @findex YYBACKUP
4896 Unshift a token. This macro is allowed only for rules that reduce
4897 a single value, and only when there is no lookahead token.
4898 It is also disallowed in @acronym{GLR} parsers.
4899 It installs a lookahead token with token type @var{token} and
4900 semantic value @var{value}; then it discards the value that was
4901 going to be reduced by this rule.
4902
4903 If the macro is used when it is not valid, such as when there is
4904 a lookahead token already, then it reports a syntax error with
4905 a message @samp{cannot back up} and performs ordinary error
4906 recovery.
4907
4908 In either case, the rest of the action is not executed.
4909 @end deffn
4910
4911 @deffn {Macro} YYEMPTY
4912 @vindex YYEMPTY
4913 Value stored in @code{yychar} when there is no lookahead token.
4914 @end deffn
4915
4916 @deffn {Macro} YYEOF
4917 @vindex YYEOF
4918 Value stored in @code{yychar} when the lookahead is the end of the input
4919 stream.
4920 @end deffn
4921
4922 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR;
4923 @findex YYERROR
4924 Cause an immediate syntax error. This statement initiates error
4925 recovery just as if the parser itself had detected an error; however, it
4926 does not call @code{yyerror}, and does not print any message. If you
4927 want to print an error message, call @code{yyerror} explicitly before
4928 the @samp{YYERROR;} statement. @xref{Error Recovery}.
4929 @end deffn
4930
4931 @deffn {Macro} YYRECOVERING
4932 @findex YYRECOVERING
4933 The expression @code{YYRECOVERING ()} yields 1 when the parser
4934 is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 otherwise.
4935 @xref{Error Recovery}.
4936 @end deffn
4937
4938 @deffn {Variable} yychar
4939 Variable containing either the lookahead token, or @code{YYEOF} when the
4940 lookahead is the end of the input stream, or @code{YYEMPTY} when no lookahead
4941 has been performed so the next token is not yet known.
4942 Do not modify @code{yychar} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR Semantic
4943 Actions}).
4944 @xref{Lookahead, ,Lookahead Tokens}.
4945 @end deffn
4946
4947 @deffn {Macro} yyclearin;
4948 Discard the current lookahead token. This is useful primarily in
4949 error rules.
4950 Do not invoke @code{yyclearin} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR
4951 Semantic Actions}).
4952 @xref{Error Recovery}.
4953 @end deffn
4954
4955 @deffn {Macro} yyerrok;
4956 Resume generating error messages immediately for subsequent syntax
4957 errors. This is useful primarily in error rules.
4958 @xref{Error Recovery}.
4959 @end deffn
4960
4961 @deffn {Variable} yylloc
4962 Variable containing the lookahead token location when @code{yychar} is not set
4963 to @code{YYEMPTY} or @code{YYEOF}.
4964 Do not modify @code{yylloc} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR Semantic
4965 Actions}).
4966 @xref{Actions and Locations, ,Actions and Locations}.
4967 @end deffn
4968
4969 @deffn {Variable} yylval
4970 Variable containing the lookahead token semantic value when @code{yychar} is
4971 not set to @code{YYEMPTY} or @code{YYEOF}.
4972 Do not modify @code{yylval} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR Semantic
4973 Actions}).
4974 @xref{Actions, ,Actions}.
4975 @end deffn
4976
4977 @deffn {Value} @@$
4978 @findex @@$
4979 Acts like a structure variable containing information on the textual location
4980 of the grouping made by the current rule. @xref{Locations, ,
4981 Tracking Locations}.
4982
4983 @c Check if those paragraphs are still useful or not.
4984
4985 @c @example
4986 @c struct @{
4987 @c int first_line, last_line;
4988 @c int first_column, last_column;
4989 @c @};
4990 @c @end example
4991
4992 @c Thus, to get the starting line number of the third component, you would
4993 @c use @samp{@@3.first_line}.
4994
4995 @c In order for the members of this structure to contain valid information,
4996 @c you must make @code{yylex} supply this information about each token.
4997 @c If you need only certain members, then @code{yylex} need only fill in
4998 @c those members.
4999
5000 @c The use of this feature makes the parser noticeably slower.
5001 @end deffn
5002
5003 @deffn {Value} @@@var{n}
5004 @findex @@@var{n}
5005 Acts like a structure variable containing information on the textual location
5006 of the @var{n}th component of the current rule. @xref{Locations, ,
5007 Tracking Locations}.
5008 @end deffn
5009
5010 @node Internationalization
5011 @section Parser Internationalization
5012 @cindex internationalization
5013 @cindex i18n
5014 @cindex NLS
5015 @cindex gettext
5016 @cindex bison-po
5017
5018 A Bison-generated parser can print diagnostics, including error and
5019 tracing messages. By default, they appear in English. However, Bison
5020 also supports outputting diagnostics in the user's native language. To
5021 make this work, the user should set the usual environment variables.
5022 @xref{Users, , The User's View, gettext, GNU @code{gettext} utilities}.
5023 For example, the shell command @samp{export LC_ALL=fr_CA.UTF-8} might
5024 set the user's locale to French Canadian using the @acronym{UTF}-8
5025 encoding. The exact set of available locales depends on the user's
5026 installation.
5027
5028 The maintainer of a package that uses a Bison-generated parser enables
5029 the internationalization of the parser's output through the following
5030 steps. Here we assume a package that uses @acronym{GNU} Autoconf and
5031 @acronym{GNU} Automake.
5032
5033 @enumerate
5034 @item
5035 @cindex bison-i18n.m4
5036 Into the directory containing the @acronym{GNU} Autoconf macros used
5037 by the package---often called @file{m4}---copy the
5038 @file{bison-i18n.m4} file installed by Bison under
5039 @samp{share/aclocal/bison-i18n.m4} in Bison's installation directory.
5040 For example:
5041
5042 @example
5043 cp /usr/local/share/aclocal/bison-i18n.m4 m4/bison-i18n.m4
5044 @end example
5045
5046 @item
5047 @findex BISON_I18N
5048 @vindex BISON_LOCALEDIR
5049 @vindex YYENABLE_NLS
5050 In the top-level @file{configure.ac}, after the @code{AM_GNU_GETTEXT}
5051 invocation, add an invocation of @code{BISON_I18N}. This macro is
5052 defined in the file @file{bison-i18n.m4} that you copied earlier. It
5053 causes @samp{configure} to find the value of the
5054 @code{BISON_LOCALEDIR} variable, and it defines the source-language
5055 symbol @code{YYENABLE_NLS} to enable translations in the
5056 Bison-generated parser.
5057
5058 @item
5059 In the @code{main} function of your program, designate the directory
5060 containing Bison's runtime message catalog, through a call to
5061 @samp{bindtextdomain} with domain name @samp{bison-runtime}.
5062 For example:
5063
5064 @example
5065 bindtextdomain ("bison-runtime", BISON_LOCALEDIR);
5066 @end example
5067
5068 Typically this appears after any other call @code{bindtextdomain
5069 (PACKAGE, LOCALEDIR)} that your package already has. Here we rely on
5070 @samp{BISON_LOCALEDIR} to be defined as a string through the
5071 @file{Makefile}.
5072
5073 @item
5074 In the @file{Makefile.am} that controls the compilation of the @code{main}
5075 function, make @samp{BISON_LOCALEDIR} available as a C preprocessor macro,
5076 either in @samp{DEFS} or in @samp{AM_CPPFLAGS}. For example:
5077
5078 @example
5079 DEFS = @@DEFS@@ -DBISON_LOCALEDIR='"$(BISON_LOCALEDIR)"'
5080 @end example
5081
5082 or:
5083
5084 @example
5085 AM_CPPFLAGS = -DBISON_LOCALEDIR='"$(BISON_LOCALEDIR)"'
5086 @end example
5087
5088 @item
5089 Finally, invoke the command @command{autoreconf} to generate the build
5090 infrastructure.
5091 @end enumerate
5092
5093
5094 @node Algorithm
5095 @chapter The Bison Parser Algorithm
5096 @cindex Bison parser algorithm
5097 @cindex algorithm of parser
5098 @cindex shifting
5099 @cindex reduction
5100 @cindex parser stack
5101 @cindex stack, parser
5102
5103 As Bison reads tokens, it pushes them onto a stack along with their
5104 semantic values. The stack is called the @dfn{parser stack}. Pushing a
5105 token is traditionally called @dfn{shifting}.
5106
5107 For example, suppose the infix calculator has read @samp{1 + 5 *}, with a
5108 @samp{3} to come. The stack will have four elements, one for each token
5109 that was shifted.
5110
5111 But the stack does not always have an element for each token read. When
5112 the last @var{n} tokens and groupings shifted match the components of a
5113 grammar rule, they can be combined according to that rule. This is called
5114 @dfn{reduction}. Those tokens and groupings are replaced on the stack by a
5115 single grouping whose symbol is the result (left hand side) of that rule.
5116 Running the rule's action is part of the process of reduction, because this
5117 is what computes the semantic value of the resulting grouping.
5118
5119 For example, if the infix calculator's parser stack contains this:
5120
5121 @example
5122 1 + 5 * 3
5123 @end example
5124
5125 @noindent
5126 and the next input token is a newline character, then the last three
5127 elements can be reduced to 15 via the rule:
5128
5129 @example
5130 expr: expr '*' expr;
5131 @end example
5132
5133 @noindent
5134 Then the stack contains just these three elements:
5135
5136 @example
5137 1 + 15
5138 @end example
5139
5140 @noindent
5141 At this point, another reduction can be made, resulting in the single value
5142 16. Then the newline token can be shifted.
5143
5144 The parser tries, by shifts and reductions, to reduce the entire input down
5145 to a single grouping whose symbol is the grammar's start-symbol
5146 (@pxref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}).
5147
5148 This kind of parser is known in the literature as a bottom-up parser.
5149
5150 @menu
5151 * Lookahead:: Parser looks one token ahead when deciding what to do.
5152 * Shift/Reduce:: Conflicts: when either shifting or reduction is valid.
5153 * Precedence:: Operator precedence works by resolving conflicts.
5154 * Contextual Precedence:: When an operator's precedence depends on context.
5155 * Parser States:: The parser is a finite-state-machine with stack.
5156 * Reduce/Reduce:: When two rules are applicable in the same situation.
5157 * Mystery Conflicts:: Reduce/reduce conflicts that look unjustified.
5158 * Generalized LR Parsing:: Parsing arbitrary context-free grammars.
5159 * Memory Management:: What happens when memory is exhausted. How to avoid it.
5160 @end menu
5161
5162 @node Lookahead
5163 @section Lookahead Tokens
5164 @cindex lookahead token
5165
5166 The Bison parser does @emph{not} always reduce immediately as soon as the
5167 last @var{n} tokens and groupings match a rule. This is because such a
5168 simple strategy is inadequate to handle most languages. Instead, when a
5169 reduction is possible, the parser sometimes ``looks ahead'' at the next
5170 token in order to decide what to do.
5171
5172 When a token is read, it is not immediately shifted; first it becomes the
5173 @dfn{lookahead token}, which is not on the stack. Now the parser can
5174 perform one or more reductions of tokens and groupings on the stack, while
5175 the lookahead token remains off to the side. When no more reductions
5176 should take place, the lookahead token is shifted onto the stack. This
5177 does not mean that all possible reductions have been done; depending on the
5178 token type of the lookahead token, some rules may choose to delay their
5179 application.
5180
5181 Here is a simple case where lookahead is needed. These three rules define
5182 expressions which contain binary addition operators and postfix unary
5183 factorial operators (@samp{!}), and allow parentheses for grouping.
5184
5185 @example
5186 @group
5187 expr: term '+' expr
5188 | term
5189 ;
5190 @end group
5191
5192 @group
5193 term: '(' expr ')'
5194 | term '!'
5195 | NUMBER
5196 ;
5197 @end group
5198 @end example
5199
5200 Suppose that the tokens @w{@samp{1 + 2}} have been read and shifted; what
5201 should be done? If the following token is @samp{)}, then the first three
5202 tokens must be reduced to form an @code{expr}. This is the only valid
5203 course, because shifting the @samp{)} would produce a sequence of symbols
5204 @w{@code{term ')'}}, and no rule allows this.
5205
5206 If the following token is @samp{!}, then it must be shifted immediately so
5207 that @w{@samp{2 !}} can be reduced to make a @code{term}. If instead the
5208 parser were to reduce before shifting, @w{@samp{1 + 2}} would become an
5209 @code{expr}. It would then be impossible to shift the @samp{!} because
5210 doing so would produce on the stack the sequence of symbols @code{expr
5211 '!'}. No rule allows that sequence.
5212
5213 @vindex yychar
5214 @vindex yylval
5215 @vindex yylloc
5216 The lookahead token is stored in the variable @code{yychar}.
5217 Its semantic value and location, if any, are stored in the variables
5218 @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc}.
5219 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
5220
5221 @node Shift/Reduce
5222 @section Shift/Reduce Conflicts
5223 @cindex conflicts
5224 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
5225 @cindex dangling @code{else}
5226 @cindex @code{else}, dangling
5227
5228 Suppose we are parsing a language which has if-then and if-then-else
5229 statements, with a pair of rules like this:
5230
5231 @example
5232 @group
5233 if_stmt:
5234 IF expr THEN stmt
5235 | IF expr THEN stmt ELSE stmt
5236 ;
5237 @end group
5238 @end example
5239
5240 @noindent
5241 Here we assume that @code{IF}, @code{THEN} and @code{ELSE} are
5242 terminal symbols for specific keyword tokens.
5243
5244 When the @code{ELSE} token is read and becomes the lookahead token, the
5245 contents of the stack (assuming the input is valid) are just right for
5246 reduction by the first rule. But it is also legitimate to shift the
5247 @code{ELSE}, because that would lead to eventual reduction by the second
5248 rule.
5249
5250 This situation, where either a shift or a reduction would be valid, is
5251 called a @dfn{shift/reduce conflict}. Bison is designed to resolve
5252 these conflicts by choosing to shift, unless otherwise directed by
5253 operator precedence declarations. To see the reason for this, let's
5254 contrast it with the other alternative.
5255
5256 Since the parser prefers to shift the @code{ELSE}, the result is to attach
5257 the else-clause to the innermost if-statement, making these two inputs
5258 equivalent:
5259
5260 @example
5261 if x then if y then win (); else lose;
5262
5263 if x then do; if y then win (); else lose; end;
5264 @end example
5265
5266 But if the parser chose to reduce when possible rather than shift, the
5267 result would be to attach the else-clause to the outermost if-statement,
5268 making these two inputs equivalent:
5269
5270 @example
5271 if x then if y then win (); else lose;
5272
5273 if x then do; if y then win (); end; else lose;
5274 @end example
5275
5276 The conflict exists because the grammar as written is ambiguous: either
5277 parsing of the simple nested if-statement is legitimate. The established
5278 convention is that these ambiguities are resolved by attaching the
5279 else-clause to the innermost if-statement; this is what Bison accomplishes
5280 by choosing to shift rather than reduce. (It would ideally be cleaner to
5281 write an unambiguous grammar, but that is very hard to do in this case.)
5282 This particular ambiguity was first encountered in the specifications of
5283 Algol 60 and is called the ``dangling @code{else}'' ambiguity.
5284
5285 To avoid warnings from Bison about predictable, legitimate shift/reduce
5286 conflicts, use the @code{%expect @var{n}} declaration. There will be no
5287 warning as long as the number of shift/reduce conflicts is exactly @var{n}.
5288 @xref{Expect Decl, ,Suppressing Conflict Warnings}.
5289
5290 The definition of @code{if_stmt} above is solely to blame for the
5291 conflict, but the conflict does not actually appear without additional
5292 rules. Here is a complete Bison input file that actually manifests the
5293 conflict:
5294
5295 @example
5296 @group
5297 %token IF THEN ELSE variable
5298 %%
5299 @end group
5300 @group
5301 stmt: expr
5302 | if_stmt
5303 ;
5304 @end group
5305
5306 @group
5307 if_stmt:
5308 IF expr THEN stmt
5309 | IF expr THEN stmt ELSE stmt
5310 ;
5311 @end group
5312
5313 expr: variable
5314 ;
5315 @end example
5316
5317 @node Precedence
5318 @section Operator Precedence
5319 @cindex operator precedence
5320 @cindex precedence of operators
5321
5322 Another situation where shift/reduce conflicts appear is in arithmetic
5323 expressions. Here shifting is not always the preferred resolution; the
5324 Bison declarations for operator precedence allow you to specify when to
5325 shift and when to reduce.
5326
5327 @menu
5328 * Why Precedence:: An example showing why precedence is needed.
5329 * Using Precedence:: How to specify precedence in Bison grammars.
5330 * Precedence Examples:: How these features are used in the previous example.
5331 * How Precedence:: How they work.
5332 @end menu
5333
5334 @node Why Precedence
5335 @subsection When Precedence is Needed
5336
5337 Consider the following ambiguous grammar fragment (ambiguous because the
5338 input @w{@samp{1 - 2 * 3}} can be parsed in two different ways):
5339
5340 @example
5341 @group
5342 expr: expr '-' expr
5343 | expr '*' expr
5344 | expr '<' expr
5345 | '(' expr ')'
5346 @dots{}
5347 ;
5348 @end group
5349 @end example
5350
5351 @noindent
5352 Suppose the parser has seen the tokens @samp{1}, @samp{-} and @samp{2};
5353 should it reduce them via the rule for the subtraction operator? It
5354 depends on the next token. Of course, if the next token is @samp{)}, we
5355 must reduce; shifting is invalid because no single rule can reduce the
5356 token sequence @w{@samp{- 2 )}} or anything starting with that. But if
5357 the next token is @samp{*} or @samp{<}, we have a choice: either
5358 shifting or reduction would allow the parse to complete, but with
5359 different results.
5360
5361 To decide which one Bison should do, we must consider the results. If
5362 the next operator token @var{op} is shifted, then it must be reduced
5363 first in order to permit another opportunity to reduce the difference.
5364 The result is (in effect) @w{@samp{1 - (2 @var{op} 3)}}. On the other
5365 hand, if the subtraction is reduced before shifting @var{op}, the result
5366 is @w{@samp{(1 - 2) @var{op} 3}}. Clearly, then, the choice of shift or
5367 reduce should depend on the relative precedence of the operators
5368 @samp{-} and @var{op}: @samp{*} should be shifted first, but not
5369 @samp{<}.
5370
5371 @cindex associativity
5372 What about input such as @w{@samp{1 - 2 - 5}}; should this be
5373 @w{@samp{(1 - 2) - 5}} or should it be @w{@samp{1 - (2 - 5)}}? For most
5374 operators we prefer the former, which is called @dfn{left association}.
5375 The latter alternative, @dfn{right association}, is desirable for
5376 assignment operators. The choice of left or right association is a
5377 matter of whether the parser chooses to shift or reduce when the stack
5378 contains @w{@samp{1 - 2}} and the lookahead token is @samp{-}: shifting
5379 makes right-associativity.
5380
5381 @node Using Precedence
5382 @subsection Specifying Operator Precedence
5383 @findex %left
5384 @findex %right
5385 @findex %nonassoc
5386
5387 Bison allows you to specify these choices with the operator precedence
5388 declarations @code{%left} and @code{%right}. Each such declaration
5389 contains a list of tokens, which are operators whose precedence and
5390 associativity is being declared. The @code{%left} declaration makes all
5391 those operators left-associative and the @code{%right} declaration makes
5392 them right-associative. A third alternative is @code{%nonassoc}, which
5393 declares that it is a syntax error to find the same operator twice ``in a
5394 row''.
5395
5396 The relative precedence of different operators is controlled by the
5397 order in which they are declared. The first @code{%left} or
5398 @code{%right} declaration in the file declares the operators whose
5399 precedence is lowest, the next such declaration declares the operators
5400 whose precedence is a little higher, and so on.
5401
5402 @node Precedence Examples
5403 @subsection Precedence Examples
5404
5405 In our example, we would want the following declarations:
5406
5407 @example
5408 %left '<'
5409 %left '-'
5410 %left '*'
5411 @end example
5412
5413 In a more complete example, which supports other operators as well, we
5414 would declare them in groups of equal precedence. For example, @code{'+'} is
5415 declared with @code{'-'}:
5416
5417 @example
5418 %left '<' '>' '=' NE LE GE
5419 %left '+' '-'
5420 %left '*' '/'
5421 @end example
5422
5423 @noindent
5424 (Here @code{NE} and so on stand for the operators for ``not equal''
5425 and so on. We assume that these tokens are more than one character long
5426 and therefore are represented by names, not character literals.)
5427
5428 @node How Precedence
5429 @subsection How Precedence Works
5430
5431 The first effect of the precedence declarations is to assign precedence
5432 levels to the terminal symbols declared. The second effect is to assign
5433 precedence levels to certain rules: each rule gets its precedence from
5434 the last terminal symbol mentioned in the components. (You can also
5435 specify explicitly the precedence of a rule. @xref{Contextual
5436 Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.)
5437
5438 Finally, the resolution of conflicts works by comparing the precedence
5439 of the rule being considered with that of the lookahead token. If the
5440 token's precedence is higher, the choice is to shift. If the rule's
5441 precedence is higher, the choice is to reduce. If they have equal
5442 precedence, the choice is made based on the associativity of that
5443 precedence level. The verbose output file made by @samp{-v}
5444 (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}) says how each conflict was
5445 resolved.
5446
5447 Not all rules and not all tokens have precedence. If either the rule or
5448 the lookahead token has no precedence, then the default is to shift.
5449
5450 @node Contextual Precedence
5451 @section Context-Dependent Precedence
5452 @cindex context-dependent precedence
5453 @cindex unary operator precedence
5454 @cindex precedence, context-dependent
5455 @cindex precedence, unary operator
5456 @findex %prec
5457
5458 Often the precedence of an operator depends on the context. This sounds
5459 outlandish at first, but it is really very common. For example, a minus
5460 sign typically has a very high precedence as a unary operator, and a
5461 somewhat lower precedence (lower than multiplication) as a binary operator.
5462
5463 The Bison precedence declarations, @code{%left}, @code{%right} and
5464 @code{%nonassoc}, can only be used once for a given token; so a token has
5465 only one precedence declared in this way. For context-dependent
5466 precedence, you need to use an additional mechanism: the @code{%prec}
5467 modifier for rules.
5468
5469 The @code{%prec} modifier declares the precedence of a particular rule by
5470 specifying a terminal symbol whose precedence should be used for that rule.
5471 It's not necessary for that symbol to appear otherwise in the rule. The
5472 modifier's syntax is:
5473
5474 @example
5475 %prec @var{terminal-symbol}
5476 @end example
5477
5478 @noindent
5479 and it is written after the components of the rule. Its effect is to
5480 assign the rule the precedence of @var{terminal-symbol}, overriding
5481 the precedence that would be deduced for it in the ordinary way. The
5482 altered rule precedence then affects how conflicts involving that rule
5483 are resolved (@pxref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}).
5484
5485 Here is how @code{%prec} solves the problem of unary minus. First, declare
5486 a precedence for a fictitious terminal symbol named @code{UMINUS}. There
5487 are no tokens of this type, but the symbol serves to stand for its
5488 precedence:
5489
5490 @example
5491 @dots{}
5492 %left '+' '-'
5493 %left '*'
5494 %left UMINUS
5495 @end example
5496
5497 Now the precedence of @code{UMINUS} can be used in specific rules:
5498
5499 @example
5500 @group
5501 exp: @dots{}
5502 | exp '-' exp
5503 @dots{}
5504 | '-' exp %prec UMINUS
5505 @end group
5506 @end example
5507
5508 @ifset defaultprec
5509 If you forget to append @code{%prec UMINUS} to the rule for unary
5510 minus, Bison silently assumes that minus has its usual precedence.
5511 This kind of problem can be tricky to debug, since one typically
5512 discovers the mistake only by testing the code.
5513
5514 The @code{%no-default-prec;} declaration makes it easier to discover
5515 this kind of problem systematically. It causes rules that lack a
5516 @code{%prec} modifier to have no precedence, even if the last terminal
5517 symbol mentioned in their components has a declared precedence.
5518
5519 If @code{%no-default-prec;} is in effect, you must specify @code{%prec}
5520 for all rules that participate in precedence conflict resolution.
5521 Then you will see any shift/reduce conflict until you tell Bison how
5522 to resolve it, either by changing your grammar or by adding an
5523 explicit precedence. This will probably add declarations to the
5524 grammar, but it helps to protect against incorrect rule precedences.
5525
5526 The effect of @code{%no-default-prec;} can be reversed by giving
5527 @code{%default-prec;}, which is the default.
5528 @end ifset
5529
5530 @node Parser States
5531 @section Parser States
5532 @cindex finite-state machine
5533 @cindex parser state
5534 @cindex state (of parser)
5535
5536 The function @code{yyparse} is implemented using a finite-state machine.
5537 The values pushed on the parser stack are not simply token type codes; they
5538 represent the entire sequence of terminal and nonterminal symbols at or
5539 near the top of the stack. The current state collects all the information
5540 about previous input which is relevant to deciding what to do next.
5541
5542 Each time a lookahead token is read, the current parser state together
5543 with the type of lookahead token are looked up in a table. This table
5544 entry can say, ``Shift the lookahead token.'' In this case, it also
5545 specifies the new parser state, which is pushed onto the top of the
5546 parser stack. Or it can say, ``Reduce using rule number @var{n}.''
5547 This means that a certain number of tokens or groupings are taken off
5548 the top of the stack, and replaced by one grouping. In other words,
5549 that number of states are popped from the stack, and one new state is
5550 pushed.
5551
5552 There is one other alternative: the table can say that the lookahead token
5553 is erroneous in the current state. This causes error processing to begin
5554 (@pxref{Error Recovery}).
5555
5556 @node Reduce/Reduce
5557 @section Reduce/Reduce Conflicts
5558 @cindex reduce/reduce conflict
5559 @cindex conflicts, reduce/reduce
5560
5561 A reduce/reduce conflict occurs if there are two or more rules that apply
5562 to the same sequence of input. This usually indicates a serious error
5563 in the grammar.
5564
5565 For example, here is an erroneous attempt to define a sequence
5566 of zero or more @code{word} groupings.
5567
5568 @example
5569 sequence: /* empty */
5570 @{ printf ("empty sequence\n"); @}
5571 | maybeword
5572 | sequence word
5573 @{ printf ("added word %s\n", $2); @}
5574 ;
5575
5576 maybeword: /* empty */
5577 @{ printf ("empty maybeword\n"); @}
5578 | word
5579 @{ printf ("single word %s\n", $1); @}
5580 ;
5581 @end example
5582
5583 @noindent
5584 The error is an ambiguity: there is more than one way to parse a single
5585 @code{word} into a @code{sequence}. It could be reduced to a
5586 @code{maybeword} and then into a @code{sequence} via the second rule.
5587 Alternatively, nothing-at-all could be reduced into a @code{sequence}
5588 via the first rule, and this could be combined with the @code{word}
5589 using the third rule for @code{sequence}.
5590
5591 There is also more than one way to reduce nothing-at-all into a
5592 @code{sequence}. This can be done directly via the first rule,
5593 or indirectly via @code{maybeword} and then the second rule.
5594
5595 You might think that this is a distinction without a difference, because it
5596 does not change whether any particular input is valid or not. But it does
5597 affect which actions are run. One parsing order runs the second rule's
5598 action; the other runs the first rule's action and the third rule's action.
5599 In this example, the output of the program changes.
5600
5601 Bison resolves a reduce/reduce conflict by choosing to use the rule that
5602 appears first in the grammar, but it is very risky to rely on this. Every
5603 reduce/reduce conflict must be studied and usually eliminated. Here is the
5604 proper way to define @code{sequence}:
5605
5606 @example
5607 sequence: /* empty */
5608 @{ printf ("empty sequence\n"); @}
5609 | sequence word
5610 @{ printf ("added word %s\n", $2); @}
5611 ;
5612 @end example
5613
5614 Here is another common error that yields a reduce/reduce conflict:
5615
5616 @example
5617 sequence: /* empty */
5618 | sequence words
5619 | sequence redirects
5620 ;
5621
5622 words: /* empty */
5623 | words word
5624 ;
5625
5626 redirects:/* empty */
5627 | redirects redirect
5628 ;
5629 @end example
5630
5631 @noindent
5632 The intention here is to define a sequence which can contain either
5633 @code{word} or @code{redirect} groupings. The individual definitions of
5634 @code{sequence}, @code{words} and @code{redirects} are error-free, but the
5635 three together make a subtle ambiguity: even an empty input can be parsed
5636 in infinitely many ways!
5637
5638 Consider: nothing-at-all could be a @code{words}. Or it could be two
5639 @code{words} in a row, or three, or any number. It could equally well be a
5640 @code{redirects}, or two, or any number. Or it could be a @code{words}
5641 followed by three @code{redirects} and another @code{words}. And so on.
5642
5643 Here are two ways to correct these rules. First, to make it a single level
5644 of sequence:
5645
5646 @example
5647 sequence: /* empty */
5648 | sequence word
5649 | sequence redirect
5650 ;
5651 @end example
5652
5653 Second, to prevent either a @code{words} or a @code{redirects}
5654 from being empty:
5655
5656 @example
5657 sequence: /* empty */
5658 | sequence words
5659 | sequence redirects
5660 ;
5661
5662 words: word
5663 | words word
5664 ;
5665
5666 redirects:redirect
5667 | redirects redirect
5668 ;
5669 @end example
5670
5671 @node Mystery Conflicts
5672 @section Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts
5673
5674 Sometimes reduce/reduce conflicts can occur that don't look warranted.
5675 Here is an example:
5676
5677 @example
5678 @group
5679 %token ID
5680
5681 %%
5682 def: param_spec return_spec ','
5683 ;
5684 param_spec:
5685 type
5686 | name_list ':' type
5687 ;
5688 @end group
5689 @group
5690 return_spec:
5691 type
5692 | name ':' type
5693 ;
5694 @end group
5695 @group
5696 type: ID
5697 ;
5698 @end group
5699 @group
5700 name: ID
5701 ;
5702 name_list:
5703 name
5704 | name ',' name_list
5705 ;
5706 @end group
5707 @end example
5708
5709 It would seem that this grammar can be parsed with only a single token
5710 of lookahead: when a @code{param_spec} is being read, an @code{ID} is
5711 a @code{name} if a comma or colon follows, or a @code{type} if another
5712 @code{ID} follows. In other words, this grammar is @acronym{LR}(1).
5713
5714 @cindex @acronym{LR}(1)
5715 @cindex @acronym{LALR}(1)
5716 However, Bison, like most parser generators, cannot actually handle all
5717 @acronym{LR}(1) grammars. In this grammar, two contexts, that after
5718 an @code{ID}
5719 at the beginning of a @code{param_spec} and likewise at the beginning of
5720 a @code{return_spec}, are similar enough that Bison assumes they are the
5721 same. They appear similar because the same set of rules would be
5722 active---the rule for reducing to a @code{name} and that for reducing to
5723 a @code{type}. Bison is unable to determine at that stage of processing
5724 that the rules would require different lookahead tokens in the two
5725 contexts, so it makes a single parser state for them both. Combining
5726 the two contexts causes a conflict later. In parser terminology, this
5727 occurrence means that the grammar is not @acronym{LALR}(1).
5728
5729 In general, it is better to fix deficiencies than to document them. But
5730 this particular deficiency is intrinsically hard to fix; parser
5731 generators that can handle @acronym{LR}(1) grammars are hard to write
5732 and tend to
5733 produce parsers that are very large. In practice, Bison is more useful
5734 as it is now.
5735
5736 When the problem arises, you can often fix it by identifying the two
5737 parser states that are being confused, and adding something to make them
5738 look distinct. In the above example, adding one rule to
5739 @code{return_spec} as follows makes the problem go away:
5740
5741 @example
5742 @group
5743 %token BOGUS
5744 @dots{}
5745 %%
5746 @dots{}
5747 return_spec:
5748 type
5749 | name ':' type
5750 /* This rule is never used. */
5751 | ID BOGUS
5752 ;
5753 @end group
5754 @end example
5755
5756 This corrects the problem because it introduces the possibility of an
5757 additional active rule in the context after the @code{ID} at the beginning of
5758 @code{return_spec}. This rule is not active in the corresponding context
5759 in a @code{param_spec}, so the two contexts receive distinct parser states.
5760 As long as the token @code{BOGUS} is never generated by @code{yylex},
5761 the added rule cannot alter the way actual input is parsed.
5762
5763 In this particular example, there is another way to solve the problem:
5764 rewrite the rule for @code{return_spec} to use @code{ID} directly
5765 instead of via @code{name}. This also causes the two confusing
5766 contexts to have different sets of active rules, because the one for
5767 @code{return_spec} activates the altered rule for @code{return_spec}
5768 rather than the one for @code{name}.
5769
5770 @example
5771 param_spec:
5772 type
5773 | name_list ':' type
5774 ;
5775 return_spec:
5776 type
5777 | ID ':' type
5778 ;
5779 @end example
5780
5781 For a more detailed exposition of @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers and parser
5782 generators, please see:
5783 Frank DeRemer and Thomas Pennello, Efficient Computation of
5784 @acronym{LALR}(1) Look-Ahead Sets, @cite{@acronym{ACM} Transactions on
5785 Programming Languages and Systems}, Vol.@: 4, No.@: 4 (October 1982),
5786 pp.@: 615--649 @uref{http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/69622.357187}.
5787
5788 @node Generalized LR Parsing
5789 @section Generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) Parsing
5790 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
5791 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
5792 @cindex ambiguous grammars
5793 @cindex nondeterministic parsing
5794
5795 Bison produces @emph{deterministic} parsers that choose uniquely
5796 when to reduce and which reduction to apply
5797 based on a summary of the preceding input and on one extra token of lookahead.
5798 As a result, normal Bison handles a proper subset of the family of
5799 context-free languages.
5800 Ambiguous grammars, since they have strings with more than one possible
5801 sequence of reductions cannot have deterministic parsers in this sense.
5802 The same is true of languages that require more than one symbol of
5803 lookahead, since the parser lacks the information necessary to make a
5804 decision at the point it must be made in a shift-reduce parser.
5805 Finally, as previously mentioned (@pxref{Mystery Conflicts}),
5806 there are languages where Bison's particular choice of how to
5807 summarize the input seen so far loses necessary information.
5808
5809 When you use the @samp{%glr-parser} declaration in your grammar file,
5810 Bison generates a parser that uses a different algorithm, called
5811 Generalized @acronym{LR} (or @acronym{GLR}). A Bison @acronym{GLR}
5812 parser uses the same basic
5813 algorithm for parsing as an ordinary Bison parser, but behaves
5814 differently in cases where there is a shift-reduce conflict that has not
5815 been resolved by precedence rules (@pxref{Precedence}) or a
5816 reduce-reduce conflict. When a @acronym{GLR} parser encounters such a
5817 situation, it
5818 effectively @emph{splits} into a several parsers, one for each possible
5819 shift or reduction. These parsers then proceed as usual, consuming
5820 tokens in lock-step. Some of the stacks may encounter other conflicts
5821 and split further, with the result that instead of a sequence of states,
5822 a Bison @acronym{GLR} parsing stack is what is in effect a tree of states.
5823
5824 In effect, each stack represents a guess as to what the proper parse
5825 is. Additional input may indicate that a guess was wrong, in which case
5826 the appropriate stack silently disappears. Otherwise, the semantics
5827 actions generated in each stack are saved, rather than being executed
5828 immediately. When a stack disappears, its saved semantic actions never
5829 get executed. When a reduction causes two stacks to become equivalent,
5830 their sets of semantic actions are both saved with the state that
5831 results from the reduction. We say that two stacks are equivalent
5832 when they both represent the same sequence of states,
5833 and each pair of corresponding states represents a
5834 grammar symbol that produces the same segment of the input token
5835 stream.
5836
5837 Whenever the parser makes a transition from having multiple
5838 states to having one, it reverts to the normal @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing
5839 algorithm, after resolving and executing the saved-up actions.
5840 At this transition, some of the states on the stack will have semantic
5841 values that are sets (actually multisets) of possible actions. The
5842 parser tries to pick one of the actions by first finding one whose rule
5843 has the highest dynamic precedence, as set by the @samp{%dprec}
5844 declaration. Otherwise, if the alternative actions are not ordered by
5845 precedence, but there the same merging function is declared for both
5846 rules by the @samp{%merge} declaration,
5847 Bison resolves and evaluates both and then calls the merge function on
5848 the result. Otherwise, it reports an ambiguity.
5849
5850 It is possible to use a data structure for the @acronym{GLR} parsing tree that
5851 permits the processing of any @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar in linear time (in the
5852 size of the input), any unambiguous (not necessarily
5853 @acronym{LALR}(1)) grammar in
5854 quadratic worst-case time, and any general (possibly ambiguous)
5855 context-free grammar in cubic worst-case time. However, Bison currently
5856 uses a simpler data structure that requires time proportional to the
5857 length of the input times the maximum number of stacks required for any
5858 prefix of the input. Thus, really ambiguous or nondeterministic
5859 grammars can require exponential time and space to process. Such badly
5860 behaving examples, however, are not generally of practical interest.
5861 Usually, nondeterminism in a grammar is local---the parser is ``in
5862 doubt'' only for a few tokens at a time. Therefore, the current data
5863 structure should generally be adequate. On @acronym{LALR}(1) portions of a
5864 grammar, in particular, it is only slightly slower than with the default
5865 Bison parser.
5866
5867 For a more detailed exposition of @acronym{GLR} parsers, please see: Elizabeth
5868 Scott, Adrian Johnstone and Shamsa Sadaf Hussain, Tomita-Style
5869 Generalised @acronym{LR} Parsers, Royal Holloway, University of
5870 London, Department of Computer Science, TR-00-12,
5871 @uref{http://www.cs.rhul.ac.uk/research/languages/publications/tomita_style_1.ps},
5872 (2000-12-24).
5873
5874 @node Memory Management
5875 @section Memory Management, and How to Avoid Memory Exhaustion
5876 @cindex memory exhaustion
5877 @cindex memory management
5878 @cindex stack overflow
5879 @cindex parser stack overflow
5880 @cindex overflow of parser stack
5881
5882 The Bison parser stack can run out of memory if too many tokens are shifted and
5883 not reduced. When this happens, the parser function @code{yyparse}
5884 calls @code{yyerror} and then returns 2.
5885
5886 Because Bison parsers have growing stacks, hitting the upper limit
5887 usually results from using a right recursion instead of a left
5888 recursion, @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive Rules}.
5889
5890 @vindex YYMAXDEPTH
5891 By defining the macro @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, you can control how deep the
5892 parser stack can become before memory is exhausted. Define the
5893 macro with a value that is an integer. This value is the maximum number
5894 of tokens that can be shifted (and not reduced) before overflow.
5895
5896 The stack space allowed is not necessarily allocated. If you specify a
5897 large value for @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, the parser normally allocates a small
5898 stack at first, and then makes it bigger by stages as needed. This
5899 increasing allocation happens automatically and silently. Therefore,
5900 you do not need to make @code{YYMAXDEPTH} painfully small merely to save
5901 space for ordinary inputs that do not need much stack.
5902
5903 However, do not allow @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to be a value so large that
5904 arithmetic overflow could occur when calculating the size of the stack
5905 space. Also, do not allow @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to be less than
5906 @code{YYINITDEPTH}.
5907
5908 @cindex default stack limit
5909 The default value of @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, if you do not define it, is
5910 10000.
5911
5912 @vindex YYINITDEPTH
5913 You can control how much stack is allocated initially by defining the
5914 macro @code{YYINITDEPTH} to a positive integer. For the C
5915 @acronym{LALR}(1) parser, this value must be a compile-time constant
5916 unless you are assuming C99 or some other target language or compiler
5917 that allows variable-length arrays. The default is 200.
5918
5919 Do not allow @code{YYINITDEPTH} to be greater than @code{YYMAXDEPTH}.
5920
5921 @c FIXME: C++ output.
5922 Because of semantical differences between C and C++, the
5923 @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers in C produced by Bison cannot grow when compiled
5924 by C++ compilers. In this precise case (compiling a C parser as C++) you are
5925 suggested to grow @code{YYINITDEPTH}. The Bison maintainers hope to fix
5926 this deficiency in a future release.
5927
5928 @node Error Recovery
5929 @chapter Error Recovery
5930 @cindex error recovery
5931 @cindex recovery from errors
5932
5933 It is not usually acceptable to have a program terminate on a syntax
5934 error. For example, a compiler should recover sufficiently to parse the
5935 rest of the input file and check it for errors; a calculator should accept
5936 another expression.
5937
5938 In a simple interactive command parser where each input is one line, it may
5939 be sufficient to allow @code{yyparse} to return 1 on error and have the
5940 caller ignore the rest of the input line when that happens (and then call
5941 @code{yyparse} again). But this is inadequate for a compiler, because it
5942 forgets all the syntactic context leading up to the error. A syntax error
5943 deep within a function in the compiler input should not cause the compiler
5944 to treat the following line like the beginning of a source file.
5945
5946 @findex error
5947 You can define how to recover from a syntax error by writing rules to
5948 recognize the special token @code{error}. This is a terminal symbol that
5949 is always defined (you need not declare it) and reserved for error
5950 handling. The Bison parser generates an @code{error} token whenever a
5951 syntax error happens; if you have provided a rule to recognize this token
5952 in the current context, the parse can continue.
5953
5954 For example:
5955
5956 @example
5957 stmnts: /* empty string */
5958 | stmnts '\n'
5959 | stmnts exp '\n'
5960 | stmnts error '\n'
5961 @end example
5962
5963 The fourth rule in this example says that an error followed by a newline
5964 makes a valid addition to any @code{stmnts}.
5965
5966 What happens if a syntax error occurs in the middle of an @code{exp}? The
5967 error recovery rule, interpreted strictly, applies to the precise sequence
5968 of a @code{stmnts}, an @code{error} and a newline. If an error occurs in
5969 the middle of an @code{exp}, there will probably be some additional tokens
5970 and subexpressions on the stack after the last @code{stmnts}, and there
5971 will be tokens to read before the next newline. So the rule is not
5972 applicable in the ordinary way.
5973
5974 But Bison can force the situation to fit the rule, by discarding part of
5975 the semantic context and part of the input. First it discards states
5976 and objects from the stack until it gets back to a state in which the
5977 @code{error} token is acceptable. (This means that the subexpressions
5978 already parsed are discarded, back to the last complete @code{stmnts}.)
5979 At this point the @code{error} token can be shifted. Then, if the old
5980 lookahead token is not acceptable to be shifted next, the parser reads
5981 tokens and discards them until it finds a token which is acceptable. In
5982 this example, Bison reads and discards input until the next newline so
5983 that the fourth rule can apply. Note that discarded symbols are
5984 possible sources of memory leaks, see @ref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing
5985 Discarded Symbols}, for a means to reclaim this memory.
5986
5987 The choice of error rules in the grammar is a choice of strategies for
5988 error recovery. A simple and useful strategy is simply to skip the rest of
5989 the current input line or current statement if an error is detected:
5990
5991 @example
5992 stmnt: error ';' /* On error, skip until ';' is read. */
5993 @end example
5994
5995 It is also useful to recover to the matching close-delimiter of an
5996 opening-delimiter that has already been parsed. Otherwise the
5997 close-delimiter will probably appear to be unmatched, and generate another,
5998 spurious error message:
5999
6000 @example
6001 primary: '(' expr ')'
6002 | '(' error ')'
6003 @dots{}
6004 ;
6005 @end example
6006
6007 Error recovery strategies are necessarily guesses. When they guess wrong,
6008 one syntax error often leads to another. In the above example, the error
6009 recovery rule guesses that an error is due to bad input within one
6010 @code{stmnt}. Suppose that instead a spurious semicolon is inserted in the
6011 middle of a valid @code{stmnt}. After the error recovery rule recovers
6012 from the first error, another syntax error will be found straightaway,
6013 since the text following the spurious semicolon is also an invalid
6014 @code{stmnt}.
6015
6016 To prevent an outpouring of error messages, the parser will output no error
6017 message for another syntax error that happens shortly after the first; only
6018 after three consecutive input tokens have been successfully shifted will
6019 error messages resume.
6020
6021 Note that rules which accept the @code{error} token may have actions, just
6022 as any other rules can.
6023
6024 @findex yyerrok
6025 You can make error messages resume immediately by using the macro
6026 @code{yyerrok} in an action. If you do this in the error rule's action, no
6027 error messages will be suppressed. This macro requires no arguments;
6028 @samp{yyerrok;} is a valid C statement.
6029
6030 @findex yyclearin
6031 The previous lookahead token is reanalyzed immediately after an error. If
6032 this is unacceptable, then the macro @code{yyclearin} may be used to clear
6033 this token. Write the statement @samp{yyclearin;} in the error rule's
6034 action.
6035 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
6036
6037 For example, suppose that on a syntax error, an error handling routine is
6038 called that advances the input stream to some point where parsing should
6039 once again commence. The next symbol returned by the lexical scanner is
6040 probably correct. The previous lookahead token ought to be discarded
6041 with @samp{yyclearin;}.
6042
6043 @vindex YYRECOVERING
6044 The expression @code{YYRECOVERING ()} yields 1 when the parser
6045 is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 otherwise.
6046 Syntax error diagnostics are suppressed while recovering from a syntax
6047 error.
6048
6049 @node Context Dependency
6050 @chapter Handling Context Dependencies
6051
6052 The Bison paradigm is to parse tokens first, then group them into larger
6053 syntactic units. In many languages, the meaning of a token is affected by
6054 its context. Although this violates the Bison paradigm, certain techniques
6055 (known as @dfn{kludges}) may enable you to write Bison parsers for such
6056 languages.
6057
6058 @menu
6059 * Semantic Tokens:: Token parsing can depend on the semantic context.
6060 * Lexical Tie-ins:: Token parsing can depend on the syntactic context.
6061 * Tie-in Recovery:: Lexical tie-ins have implications for how
6062 error recovery rules must be written.
6063 @end menu
6064
6065 (Actually, ``kludge'' means any technique that gets its job done but is
6066 neither clean nor robust.)
6067
6068 @node Semantic Tokens
6069 @section Semantic Info in Token Types
6070
6071 The C language has a context dependency: the way an identifier is used
6072 depends on what its current meaning is. For example, consider this:
6073
6074 @example
6075 foo (x);
6076 @end example
6077
6078 This looks like a function call statement, but if @code{foo} is a typedef
6079 name, then this is actually a declaration of @code{x}. How can a Bison
6080 parser for C decide how to parse this input?
6081
6082 The method used in @acronym{GNU} C is to have two different token types,
6083 @code{IDENTIFIER} and @code{TYPENAME}. When @code{yylex} finds an
6084 identifier, it looks up the current declaration of the identifier in order
6085 to decide which token type to return: @code{TYPENAME} if the identifier is
6086 declared as a typedef, @code{IDENTIFIER} otherwise.
6087
6088 The grammar rules can then express the context dependency by the choice of
6089 token type to recognize. @code{IDENTIFIER} is accepted as an expression,
6090 but @code{TYPENAME} is not. @code{TYPENAME} can start a declaration, but
6091 @code{IDENTIFIER} cannot. In contexts where the meaning of the identifier
6092 is @emph{not} significant, such as in declarations that can shadow a
6093 typedef name, either @code{TYPENAME} or @code{IDENTIFIER} is
6094 accepted---there is one rule for each of the two token types.
6095
6096 This technique is simple to use if the decision of which kinds of
6097 identifiers to allow is made at a place close to where the identifier is
6098 parsed. But in C this is not always so: C allows a declaration to
6099 redeclare a typedef name provided an explicit type has been specified
6100 earlier:
6101
6102 @example
6103 typedef int foo, bar;
6104 int baz (void)
6105 @{
6106 static bar (bar); /* @r{redeclare @code{bar} as static variable} */
6107 extern foo foo (foo); /* @r{redeclare @code{foo} as function} */
6108 return foo (bar);
6109 @}
6110 @end example
6111
6112 Unfortunately, the name being declared is separated from the declaration
6113 construct itself by a complicated syntactic structure---the ``declarator''.
6114
6115 As a result, part of the Bison parser for C needs to be duplicated, with
6116 all the nonterminal names changed: once for parsing a declaration in
6117 which a typedef name can be redefined, and once for parsing a
6118 declaration in which that can't be done. Here is a part of the
6119 duplication, with actions omitted for brevity:
6120
6121 @example
6122 initdcl:
6123 declarator maybeasm '='
6124 init
6125 | declarator maybeasm
6126 ;
6127
6128 notype_initdcl:
6129 notype_declarator maybeasm '='
6130 init
6131 | notype_declarator maybeasm
6132 ;
6133 @end example
6134
6135 @noindent
6136 Here @code{initdcl} can redeclare a typedef name, but @code{notype_initdcl}
6137 cannot. The distinction between @code{declarator} and
6138 @code{notype_declarator} is the same sort of thing.
6139
6140 There is some similarity between this technique and a lexical tie-in
6141 (described next), in that information which alters the lexical analysis is
6142 changed during parsing by other parts of the program. The difference is
6143 here the information is global, and is used for other purposes in the
6144 program. A true lexical tie-in has a special-purpose flag controlled by
6145 the syntactic context.
6146
6147 @node Lexical Tie-ins
6148 @section Lexical Tie-ins
6149 @cindex lexical tie-in
6150
6151 One way to handle context-dependency is the @dfn{lexical tie-in}: a flag
6152 which is set by Bison actions, whose purpose is to alter the way tokens are
6153 parsed.
6154
6155 For example, suppose we have a language vaguely like C, but with a special
6156 construct @samp{hex (@var{hex-expr})}. After the keyword @code{hex} comes
6157 an expression in parentheses in which all integers are hexadecimal. In
6158 particular, the token @samp{a1b} must be treated as an integer rather than
6159 as an identifier if it appears in that context. Here is how you can do it:
6160
6161 @example
6162 @group
6163 %@{
6164 int hexflag;
6165 int yylex (void);
6166 void yyerror (char const *);
6167 %@}
6168 %%
6169 @dots{}
6170 @end group
6171 @group
6172 expr: IDENTIFIER
6173 | constant
6174 | HEX '('
6175 @{ hexflag = 1; @}
6176 expr ')'
6177 @{ hexflag = 0;
6178 $$ = $4; @}
6179 | expr '+' expr
6180 @{ $$ = make_sum ($1, $3); @}
6181 @dots{}
6182 ;
6183 @end group
6184
6185 @group
6186 constant:
6187 INTEGER
6188 | STRING
6189 ;
6190 @end group
6191 @end example
6192
6193 @noindent
6194 Here we assume that @code{yylex} looks at the value of @code{hexflag}; when
6195 it is nonzero, all integers are parsed in hexadecimal, and tokens starting
6196 with letters are parsed as integers if possible.
6197
6198 The declaration of @code{hexflag} shown in the prologue of the parser file
6199 is needed to make it accessible to the actions (@pxref{Prologue, ,The Prologue}).
6200 You must also write the code in @code{yylex} to obey the flag.
6201
6202 @node Tie-in Recovery
6203 @section Lexical Tie-ins and Error Recovery
6204
6205 Lexical tie-ins make strict demands on any error recovery rules you have.
6206 @xref{Error Recovery}.
6207
6208 The reason for this is that the purpose of an error recovery rule is to
6209 abort the parsing of one construct and resume in some larger construct.
6210 For example, in C-like languages, a typical error recovery rule is to skip
6211 tokens until the next semicolon, and then start a new statement, like this:
6212
6213 @example
6214 stmt: expr ';'
6215 | IF '(' expr ')' stmt @{ @dots{} @}
6216 @dots{}
6217 error ';'
6218 @{ hexflag = 0; @}
6219 ;
6220 @end example
6221
6222 If there is a syntax error in the middle of a @samp{hex (@var{expr})}
6223 construct, this error rule will apply, and then the action for the
6224 completed @samp{hex (@var{expr})} will never run. So @code{hexflag} would
6225 remain set for the entire rest of the input, or until the next @code{hex}
6226 keyword, causing identifiers to be misinterpreted as integers.
6227
6228 To avoid this problem the error recovery rule itself clears @code{hexflag}.
6229
6230 There may also be an error recovery rule that works within expressions.
6231 For example, there could be a rule which applies within parentheses
6232 and skips to the close-parenthesis:
6233
6234 @example
6235 @group
6236 expr: @dots{}
6237 | '(' expr ')'
6238 @{ $$ = $2; @}
6239 | '(' error ')'
6240 @dots{}
6241 @end group
6242 @end example
6243
6244 If this rule acts within the @code{hex} construct, it is not going to abort
6245 that construct (since it applies to an inner level of parentheses within
6246 the construct). Therefore, it should not clear the flag: the rest of
6247 the @code{hex} construct should be parsed with the flag still in effect.
6248
6249 What if there is an error recovery rule which might abort out of the
6250 @code{hex} construct or might not, depending on circumstances? There is no
6251 way you can write the action to determine whether a @code{hex} construct is
6252 being aborted or not. So if you are using a lexical tie-in, you had better
6253 make sure your error recovery rules are not of this kind. Each rule must
6254 be such that you can be sure that it always will, or always won't, have to
6255 clear the flag.
6256
6257 @c ================================================== Debugging Your Parser
6258
6259 @node Debugging
6260 @chapter Debugging Your Parser
6261
6262 Developing a parser can be a challenge, especially if you don't
6263 understand the algorithm (@pxref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser
6264 Algorithm}). Even so, sometimes a detailed description of the automaton
6265 can help (@pxref{Understanding, , Understanding Your Parser}), or
6266 tracing the execution of the parser can give some insight on why it
6267 behaves improperly (@pxref{Tracing, , Tracing Your Parser}).
6268
6269 @menu
6270 * Understanding:: Understanding the structure of your parser.
6271 * Tracing:: Tracing the execution of your parser.
6272 @end menu
6273
6274 @node Understanding
6275 @section Understanding Your Parser
6276
6277 As documented elsewhere (@pxref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm})
6278 Bison parsers are @dfn{shift/reduce automata}. In some cases (much more
6279 frequent than one would hope), looking at this automaton is required to
6280 tune or simply fix a parser. Bison provides two different
6281 representation of it, either textually or graphically (as a @acronym{VCG}
6282 file).
6283
6284 The textual file is generated when the options @option{--report} or
6285 @option{--verbose} are specified, see @xref{Invocation, , Invoking
6286 Bison}. Its name is made by removing @samp{.tab.c} or @samp{.c} from
6287 the parser output file name, and adding @samp{.output} instead.
6288 Therefore, if the input file is @file{foo.y}, then the parser file is
6289 called @file{foo.tab.c} by default. As a consequence, the verbose
6290 output file is called @file{foo.output}.
6291
6292 The following grammar file, @file{calc.y}, will be used in the sequel:
6293
6294 @example
6295 %token NUM STR
6296 %left '+' '-'
6297 %left '*'
6298 %%
6299 exp: exp '+' exp
6300 | exp '-' exp
6301 | exp '*' exp
6302 | exp '/' exp
6303 | NUM
6304 ;
6305 useless: STR;
6306 %%
6307 @end example
6308
6309 @command{bison} reports:
6310
6311 @example
6312 calc.y: warning: 1 useless nonterminal and 1 useless rule
6313 calc.y:11.1-7: warning: useless nonterminal: useless
6314 calc.y:11.10-12: warning: useless rule: useless: STR
6315 calc.y: conflicts: 7 shift/reduce
6316 @end example
6317
6318 When given @option{--report=state}, in addition to @file{calc.tab.c}, it
6319 creates a file @file{calc.output} with contents detailed below. The
6320 order of the output and the exact presentation might vary, but the
6321 interpretation is the same.
6322
6323 The first section includes details on conflicts that were solved thanks
6324 to precedence and/or associativity:
6325
6326 @example
6327 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '+' resolved as reduce.
6328 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '-' resolved as reduce.
6329 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '*' resolved as shift.
6330 @exdent @dots{}
6331 @end example
6332
6333 @noindent
6334 The next section lists states that still have conflicts.
6335
6336 @example
6337 State 8 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6338 State 9 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6339 State 10 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6340 State 11 conflicts: 4 shift/reduce
6341 @end example
6342
6343 @noindent
6344 @cindex token, useless
6345 @cindex useless token
6346 @cindex nonterminal, useless
6347 @cindex useless nonterminal
6348 @cindex rule, useless
6349 @cindex useless rule
6350 The next section reports useless tokens, nonterminal and rules. Useless
6351 nonterminals and rules are removed in order to produce a smaller parser,
6352 but useless tokens are preserved, since they might be used by the
6353 scanner (note the difference between ``useless'' and ``not used''
6354 below):
6355
6356 @example
6357 Useless nonterminals:
6358 useless
6359
6360 Terminals which are not used:
6361 STR
6362
6363 Useless rules:
6364 #6 useless: STR;
6365 @end example
6366
6367 @noindent
6368 The next section reproduces the exact grammar that Bison used:
6369
6370 @example
6371 Grammar
6372
6373 Number, Line, Rule
6374 0 5 $accept -> exp $end
6375 1 5 exp -> exp '+' exp
6376 2 6 exp -> exp '-' exp
6377 3 7 exp -> exp '*' exp
6378 4 8 exp -> exp '/' exp
6379 5 9 exp -> NUM
6380 @end example
6381
6382 @noindent
6383 and reports the uses of the symbols:
6384
6385 @example
6386 Terminals, with rules where they appear
6387
6388 $end (0) 0
6389 '*' (42) 3
6390 '+' (43) 1
6391 '-' (45) 2
6392 '/' (47) 4
6393 error (256)
6394 NUM (258) 5
6395
6396 Nonterminals, with rules where they appear
6397
6398 $accept (8)
6399 on left: 0
6400 exp (9)
6401 on left: 1 2 3 4 5, on right: 0 1 2 3 4
6402 @end example
6403
6404 @noindent
6405 @cindex item
6406 @cindex pointed rule
6407 @cindex rule, pointed
6408 Bison then proceeds onto the automaton itself, describing each state
6409 with it set of @dfn{items}, also known as @dfn{pointed rules}. Each
6410 item is a production rule together with a point (marked by @samp{.})
6411 that the input cursor.
6412
6413 @example
6414 state 0
6415
6416 $accept -> . exp $ (rule 0)
6417
6418 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6419
6420 exp go to state 2
6421 @end example
6422
6423 This reads as follows: ``state 0 corresponds to being at the very
6424 beginning of the parsing, in the initial rule, right before the start
6425 symbol (here, @code{exp}). When the parser returns to this state right
6426 after having reduced a rule that produced an @code{exp}, the control
6427 flow jumps to state 2. If there is no such transition on a nonterminal
6428 symbol, and the lookahead is a @code{NUM}, then this token is shifted on
6429 the parse stack, and the control flow jumps to state 1. Any other
6430 lookahead triggers a syntax error.''
6431
6432 @cindex core, item set
6433 @cindex item set core
6434 @cindex kernel, item set
6435 @cindex item set core
6436 Even though the only active rule in state 0 seems to be rule 0, the
6437 report lists @code{NUM} as a lookahead token because @code{NUM} can be
6438 at the beginning of any rule deriving an @code{exp}. By default Bison
6439 reports the so-called @dfn{core} or @dfn{kernel} of the item set, but if
6440 you want to see more detail you can invoke @command{bison} with
6441 @option{--report=itemset} to list all the items, include those that can
6442 be derived:
6443
6444 @example
6445 state 0
6446
6447 $accept -> . exp $ (rule 0)
6448 exp -> . exp '+' exp (rule 1)
6449 exp -> . exp '-' exp (rule 2)
6450 exp -> . exp '*' exp (rule 3)
6451 exp -> . exp '/' exp (rule 4)
6452 exp -> . NUM (rule 5)
6453
6454 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6455
6456 exp go to state 2
6457 @end example
6458
6459 @noindent
6460 In the state 1...
6461
6462 @example
6463 state 1
6464
6465 exp -> NUM . (rule 5)
6466
6467 $default reduce using rule 5 (exp)
6468 @end example
6469
6470 @noindent
6471 the rule 5, @samp{exp: NUM;}, is completed. Whatever the lookahead token
6472 (@samp{$default}), the parser will reduce it. If it was coming from
6473 state 0, then, after this reduction it will return to state 0, and will
6474 jump to state 2 (@samp{exp: go to state 2}).
6475
6476 @example
6477 state 2
6478
6479 $accept -> exp . $ (rule 0)
6480 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6481 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6482 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6483 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6484
6485 $ shift, and go to state 3
6486 '+' shift, and go to state 4
6487 '-' shift, and go to state 5
6488 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6489 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6490 @end example
6491
6492 @noindent
6493 In state 2, the automaton can only shift a symbol. For instance,
6494 because of the item @samp{exp -> exp . '+' exp}, if the lookahead if
6495 @samp{+}, it will be shifted on the parse stack, and the automaton
6496 control will jump to state 4, corresponding to the item @samp{exp -> exp
6497 '+' . exp}. Since there is no default action, any other token than
6498 those listed above will trigger a syntax error.
6499
6500 The state 3 is named the @dfn{final state}, or the @dfn{accepting
6501 state}:
6502
6503 @example
6504 state 3
6505
6506 $accept -> exp $ . (rule 0)
6507
6508 $default accept
6509 @end example
6510
6511 @noindent
6512 the initial rule is completed (the start symbol and the end
6513 of input were read), the parsing exits successfully.
6514
6515 The interpretation of states 4 to 7 is straightforward, and is left to
6516 the reader.
6517
6518 @example
6519 state 4
6520
6521 exp -> exp '+' . exp (rule 1)
6522
6523 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6524
6525 exp go to state 8
6526
6527 state 5
6528
6529 exp -> exp '-' . exp (rule 2)
6530
6531 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6532
6533 exp go to state 9
6534
6535 state 6
6536
6537 exp -> exp '*' . exp (rule 3)
6538
6539 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6540
6541 exp go to state 10
6542
6543 state 7
6544
6545 exp -> exp '/' . exp (rule 4)
6546
6547 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6548
6549 exp go to state 11
6550 @end example
6551
6552 As was announced in beginning of the report, @samp{State 8 conflicts:
6553 1 shift/reduce}:
6554
6555 @example
6556 state 8
6557
6558 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6559 exp -> exp '+' exp . (rule 1)
6560 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6561 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6562 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6563
6564 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6565 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6566
6567 '/' [reduce using rule 1 (exp)]
6568 $default reduce using rule 1 (exp)
6569 @end example
6570
6571 Indeed, there are two actions associated to the lookahead @samp{/}:
6572 either shifting (and going to state 7), or reducing rule 1. The
6573 conflict means that either the grammar is ambiguous, or the parser lacks
6574 information to make the right decision. Indeed the grammar is
6575 ambiguous, as, since we did not specify the precedence of @samp{/}, the
6576 sentence @samp{NUM + NUM / NUM} can be parsed as @samp{NUM + (NUM /
6577 NUM)}, which corresponds to shifting @samp{/}, or as @samp{(NUM + NUM) /
6578 NUM}, which corresponds to reducing rule 1.
6579
6580 Because in @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing a single decision can be made, Bison
6581 arbitrarily chose to disable the reduction, see @ref{Shift/Reduce, ,
6582 Shift/Reduce Conflicts}. Discarded actions are reported in between
6583 square brackets.
6584
6585 Note that all the previous states had a single possible action: either
6586 shifting the next token and going to the corresponding state, or
6587 reducing a single rule. In the other cases, i.e., when shifting
6588 @emph{and} reducing is possible or when @emph{several} reductions are
6589 possible, the lookahead is required to select the action. State 8 is
6590 one such state: if the lookahead is @samp{*} or @samp{/} then the action
6591 is shifting, otherwise the action is reducing rule 1. In other words,
6592 the first two items, corresponding to rule 1, are not eligible when the
6593 lookahead token is @samp{*}, since we specified that @samp{*} has higher
6594 precedence than @samp{+}. More generally, some items are eligible only
6595 with some set of possible lookahead tokens. When run with
6596 @option{--report=lookahead}, Bison specifies these lookahead tokens:
6597
6598 @example
6599 state 8
6600
6601 exp -> exp . '+' exp [$, '+', '-', '/'] (rule 1)
6602 exp -> exp '+' exp . [$, '+', '-', '/'] (rule 1)
6603 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6604 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6605 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6606
6607 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6608 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6609
6610 '/' [reduce using rule 1 (exp)]
6611 $default reduce using rule 1 (exp)
6612 @end example
6613
6614 The remaining states are similar:
6615
6616 @example
6617 state 9
6618
6619 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6620 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6621 exp -> exp '-' exp . (rule 2)
6622 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6623 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6624
6625 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6626 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6627
6628 '/' [reduce using rule 2 (exp)]
6629 $default reduce using rule 2 (exp)
6630
6631 state 10
6632
6633 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6634 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6635 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6636 exp -> exp '*' exp . (rule 3)
6637 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6638
6639 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6640
6641 '/' [reduce using rule 3 (exp)]
6642 $default reduce using rule 3 (exp)
6643
6644 state 11
6645
6646 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6647 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6648 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6649 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6650 exp -> exp '/' exp . (rule 4)
6651
6652 '+' shift, and go to state 4
6653 '-' shift, and go to state 5
6654 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6655 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6656
6657 '+' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6658 '-' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6659 '*' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6660 '/' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6661 $default reduce using rule 4 (exp)
6662 @end example
6663
6664 @noindent
6665 Observe that state 11 contains conflicts not only due to the lack of
6666 precedence of @samp{/} with respect to @samp{+}, @samp{-}, and
6667 @samp{*}, but also because the
6668 associativity of @samp{/} is not specified.
6669
6670
6671 @node Tracing
6672 @section Tracing Your Parser
6673 @findex yydebug
6674 @cindex debugging
6675 @cindex tracing the parser
6676
6677 If a Bison grammar compiles properly but doesn't do what you want when it
6678 runs, the @code{yydebug} parser-trace feature can help you figure out why.
6679
6680 There are several means to enable compilation of trace facilities:
6681
6682 @table @asis
6683 @item the macro @code{YYDEBUG}
6684 @findex YYDEBUG
6685 Define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value when you compile the
6686 parser. This is compliant with @acronym{POSIX} Yacc. You could use
6687 @samp{-DYYDEBUG=1} as a compiler option or you could put @samp{#define
6688 YYDEBUG 1} in the prologue of the grammar file (@pxref{Prologue, , The
6689 Prologue}).
6690
6691 @item the option @option{-t}, @option{--debug}
6692 Use the @samp{-t} option when you run Bison (@pxref{Invocation,
6693 ,Invoking Bison}). This is @acronym{POSIX} compliant too.
6694
6695 @item the directive @samp{%debug}
6696 @findex %debug
6697 Add the @code{%debug} directive (@pxref{Decl Summary, ,Bison
6698 Declaration Summary}). This is a Bison extension, which will prove
6699 useful when Bison will output parsers for languages that don't use a
6700 preprocessor. Unless @acronym{POSIX} and Yacc portability matter to
6701 you, this is
6702 the preferred solution.
6703 @end table
6704
6705 We suggest that you always enable the debug option so that debugging is
6706 always possible.
6707
6708 The trace facility outputs messages with macro calls of the form
6709 @code{YYFPRINTF (stderr, @var{format}, @var{args})} where
6710 @var{format} and @var{args} are the usual @code{printf} format and
6711 arguments. If you define @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value but do not
6712 define @code{YYFPRINTF}, @code{<stdio.h>} is automatically included
6713 and @code{YYPRINTF} is defined to @code{fprintf}.
6714
6715 Once you have compiled the program with trace facilities, the way to
6716 request a trace is to store a nonzero value in the variable @code{yydebug}.
6717 You can do this by making the C code do it (in @code{main}, perhaps), or
6718 you can alter the value with a C debugger.
6719
6720 Each step taken by the parser when @code{yydebug} is nonzero produces a
6721 line or two of trace information, written on @code{stderr}. The trace
6722 messages tell you these things:
6723
6724 @itemize @bullet
6725 @item
6726 Each time the parser calls @code{yylex}, what kind of token was read.
6727
6728 @item
6729 Each time a token is shifted, the depth and complete contents of the
6730 state stack (@pxref{Parser States}).
6731
6732 @item
6733 Each time a rule is reduced, which rule it is, and the complete contents
6734 of the state stack afterward.
6735 @end itemize
6736
6737 To make sense of this information, it helps to refer to the listing file
6738 produced by the Bison @samp{-v} option (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking
6739 Bison}). This file shows the meaning of each state in terms of
6740 positions in various rules, and also what each state will do with each
6741 possible input token. As you read the successive trace messages, you
6742 can see that the parser is functioning according to its specification in
6743 the listing file. Eventually you will arrive at the place where
6744 something undesirable happens, and you will see which parts of the
6745 grammar are to blame.
6746
6747 The parser file is a C program and you can use C debuggers on it, but it's
6748 not easy to interpret what it is doing. The parser function is a
6749 finite-state machine interpreter, and aside from the actions it executes
6750 the same code over and over. Only the values of variables show where in
6751 the grammar it is working.
6752
6753 @findex YYPRINT
6754 The debugging information normally gives the token type of each token
6755 read, but not its semantic value. You can optionally define a macro
6756 named @code{YYPRINT} to provide a way to print the value. If you define
6757 @code{YYPRINT}, it should take three arguments. The parser will pass a
6758 standard I/O stream, the numeric code for the token type, and the token
6759 value (from @code{yylval}).
6760
6761 Here is an example of @code{YYPRINT} suitable for the multi-function
6762 calculator (@pxref{Mfcalc Decl, ,Declarations for @code{mfcalc}}):
6763
6764 @smallexample
6765 %@{
6766 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
6767 #define YYPRINT(file, type, value) print_token_value (file, type, value)
6768 %@}
6769
6770 @dots{} %% @dots{} %% @dots{}
6771
6772 static void
6773 print_token_value (FILE *file, int type, YYSTYPE value)
6774 @{
6775 if (type == VAR)
6776 fprintf (file, "%s", value.tptr->name);
6777 else if (type == NUM)
6778 fprintf (file, "%d", value.val);
6779 @}
6780 @end smallexample
6781
6782 @c ================================================= Invoking Bison
6783
6784 @node Invocation
6785 @chapter Invoking Bison
6786 @cindex invoking Bison
6787 @cindex Bison invocation
6788 @cindex options for invoking Bison
6789
6790 The usual way to invoke Bison is as follows:
6791
6792 @example
6793 bison @var{infile}
6794 @end example
6795
6796 Here @var{infile} is the grammar file name, which usually ends in
6797 @samp{.y}. The parser file's name is made by replacing the @samp{.y}
6798 with @samp{.tab.c} and removing any leading directory. Thus, the
6799 @samp{bison foo.y} file name yields
6800 @file{foo.tab.c}, and the @samp{bison hack/foo.y} file name yields
6801 @file{foo.tab.c}. It's also possible, in case you are writing
6802 C++ code instead of C in your grammar file, to name it @file{foo.ypp}
6803 or @file{foo.y++}. Then, the output files will take an extension like
6804 the given one as input (respectively @file{foo.tab.cpp} and
6805 @file{foo.tab.c++}).
6806 This feature takes effect with all options that manipulate file names like
6807 @samp{-o} or @samp{-d}.
6808
6809 For example :
6810
6811 @example
6812 bison -d @var{infile.yxx}
6813 @end example
6814 @noindent
6815 will produce @file{infile.tab.cxx} and @file{infile.tab.hxx}, and
6816
6817 @example
6818 bison -d -o @var{output.c++} @var{infile.y}
6819 @end example
6820 @noindent
6821 will produce @file{output.c++} and @file{outfile.h++}.
6822
6823 For compatibility with @acronym{POSIX}, the standard Bison
6824 distribution also contains a shell script called @command{yacc} that
6825 invokes Bison with the @option{-y} option.
6826
6827 @menu
6828 * Bison Options:: All the options described in detail,
6829 in alphabetical order by short options.
6830 * Option Cross Key:: Alphabetical list of long options.
6831 * Yacc Library:: Yacc-compatible @code{yylex} and @code{main}.
6832 @end menu
6833
6834 @node Bison Options
6835 @section Bison Options
6836
6837 Bison supports both traditional single-letter options and mnemonic long
6838 option names. Long option names are indicated with @samp{--} instead of
6839 @samp{-}. Abbreviations for option names are allowed as long as they
6840 are unique. When a long option takes an argument, like
6841 @samp{--file-prefix}, connect the option name and the argument with
6842 @samp{=}.
6843
6844 Here is a list of options that can be used with Bison, alphabetized by
6845 short option. It is followed by a cross key alphabetized by long
6846 option.
6847
6848 @c Please, keep this ordered as in `bison --help'.
6849 @noindent
6850 Operations modes:
6851 @table @option
6852 @item -h
6853 @itemx --help
6854 Print a summary of the command-line options to Bison and exit.
6855
6856 @item -V
6857 @itemx --version
6858 Print the version number of Bison and exit.
6859
6860 @item --print-localedir
6861 Print the name of the directory containing locale-dependent data.
6862
6863 @item -y
6864 @itemx --yacc
6865 Act more like the traditional Yacc command. This can cause
6866 different diagnostics to be generated, and may change behavior in
6867 other minor ways. Most importantly, imitate Yacc's output
6868 file name conventions, so that the parser output file is called
6869 @file{y.tab.c}, and the other outputs are called @file{y.output} and
6870 @file{y.tab.h}.
6871 Also, if generating an @acronym{LALR}(1) parser in C, generate @code{#define}
6872 statements in addition to an @code{enum} to associate token numbers with token
6873 names.
6874 Thus, the following shell script can substitute for Yacc, and the Bison
6875 distribution contains such a script for compatibility with @acronym{POSIX}:
6876
6877 @example
6878 #! /bin/sh
6879 bison -y "$@@"
6880 @end example
6881
6882 The @option{-y}/@option{--yacc} option is intended for use with
6883 traditional Yacc grammars. If your grammar uses a Bison extension
6884 like @samp{%glr-parser}, Bison might not be Yacc-compatible even if
6885 this option is specified.
6886
6887 @end table
6888
6889 @noindent
6890 Tuning the parser:
6891
6892 @table @option
6893 @item -S @var{file}
6894 @itemx --skeleton=@var{file}
6895 Specify the skeleton to use. You probably don't need this option unless
6896 you are developing Bison.
6897
6898 @item -t
6899 @itemx --debug
6900 In the parser file, define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to 1 if it is not
6901 already defined, so that the debugging facilities are compiled.
6902 @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
6903
6904 @item --locations
6905 Pretend that @code{%locations} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6906
6907 @item -p @var{prefix}
6908 @itemx --name-prefix=@var{prefix}
6909 Pretend that @code{%name-prefix="@var{prefix}"} was specified.
6910 @xref{Decl Summary}.
6911
6912 @item -l
6913 @itemx --no-lines
6914 Don't put any @code{#line} preprocessor commands in the parser file.
6915 Ordinarily Bison puts them in the parser file so that the C compiler
6916 and debuggers will associate errors with your source file, the
6917 grammar file. This option causes them to associate errors with the
6918 parser file, treating it as an independent source file in its own right.
6919
6920 @item -n
6921 @itemx --no-parser
6922 Pretend that @code{%no-parser} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6923
6924 @item -k
6925 @itemx --token-table
6926 Pretend that @code{%token-table} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6927 @end table
6928
6929 @noindent
6930 Adjust the output:
6931
6932 @table @option
6933 @item -d
6934 @itemx --defines
6935 Pretend that @code{%defines} was specified, i.e., write an extra output
6936 file containing macro definitions for the token type names defined in
6937 the grammar, as well as a few other declarations. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6938
6939 @item --defines=@var{defines-file}
6940 Same as above, but save in the file @var{defines-file}.
6941
6942 @item -b @var{file-prefix}
6943 @itemx --file-prefix=@var{prefix}
6944 Pretend that @code{%file-prefix} was specified, i.e, specify prefix to use
6945 for all Bison output file names. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6946
6947 @item -r @var{things}
6948 @itemx --report=@var{things}
6949 Write an extra output file containing verbose description of the comma
6950 separated list of @var{things} among:
6951
6952 @table @code
6953 @item state
6954 Description of the grammar, conflicts (resolved and unresolved), and
6955 @acronym{LALR} automaton.
6956
6957 @item lookahead
6958 Implies @code{state} and augments the description of the automaton with
6959 each rule's lookahead set.
6960
6961 @item itemset
6962 Implies @code{state} and augments the description of the automaton with
6963 the full set of items for each state, instead of its core only.
6964 @end table
6965
6966 @item -v
6967 @itemx --verbose
6968 Pretend that @code{%verbose} was specified, i.e, write an extra output
6969 file containing verbose descriptions of the grammar and
6970 parser. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6971
6972 @item -o @var{file}
6973 @itemx --output=@var{file}
6974 Specify the @var{file} for the parser file.
6975
6976 The other output files' names are constructed from @var{file} as
6977 described under the @samp{-v} and @samp{-d} options.
6978
6979 @item -g
6980 Output a @acronym{VCG} definition of the @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar
6981 automaton computed by Bison. If the grammar file is @file{foo.y}, the
6982 @acronym{VCG} output file will
6983 be @file{foo.vcg}.
6984
6985 @item --graph=@var{graph-file}
6986 The behavior of @var{--graph} is the same than @samp{-g}. The only
6987 difference is that it has an optional argument which is the name of
6988 the output graph file.
6989 @end table
6990
6991 @node Option Cross Key
6992 @section Option Cross Key
6993
6994 @c FIXME: How about putting the directives too?
6995 Here is a list of options, alphabetized by long option, to help you find
6996 the corresponding short option.
6997
6998 @multitable {@option{--defines=@var{defines-file}}} {@option{-b @var{file-prefix}XXX}}
6999 @headitem Long Option @tab Short Option
7000 @item @option{--debug} @tab @option{-t}
7001 @item @option{--defines=@var{defines-file}} @tab @option{-d}
7002 @item @option{--file-prefix=@var{prefix}} @tab @option{-b @var{file-prefix}}
7003 @item @option{--graph=@var{graph-file}} @tab @option{-d}
7004 @item @option{--help} @tab @option{-h}
7005 @item @option{--name-prefix=@var{prefix}} @tab @option{-p @var{name-prefix}}
7006 @item @option{--no-lines} @tab @option{-l}
7007 @item @option{--no-parser} @tab @option{-n}
7008 @item @option{--output=@var{outfile}} @tab @option{-o @var{outfile}}
7009 @item @option{--print-localedir} @tab
7010 @item @option{--token-table} @tab @option{-k}
7011 @item @option{--verbose} @tab @option{-v}
7012 @item @option{--version} @tab @option{-V}
7013 @item @option{--yacc} @tab @option{-y}
7014 @end multitable
7015
7016 @node Yacc Library
7017 @section Yacc Library
7018
7019 The Yacc library contains default implementations of the
7020 @code{yyerror} and @code{main} functions. These default
7021 implementations are normally not useful, but @acronym{POSIX} requires
7022 them. To use the Yacc library, link your program with the
7023 @option{-ly} option. Note that Bison's implementation of the Yacc
7024 library is distributed under the terms of the @acronym{GNU} General
7025 Public License (@pxref{Copying}).
7026
7027 If you use the Yacc library's @code{yyerror} function, you should
7028 declare @code{yyerror} as follows:
7029
7030 @example
7031 int yyerror (char const *);
7032 @end example
7033
7034 Bison ignores the @code{int} value returned by this @code{yyerror}.
7035 If you use the Yacc library's @code{main} function, your
7036 @code{yyparse} function should have the following type signature:
7037
7038 @example
7039 int yyparse (void);
7040 @end example
7041
7042 @c ================================================= C++ Bison
7043
7044 @node C++ Language Interface
7045 @chapter C++ Language Interface
7046
7047 @menu
7048 * C++ Parsers:: The interface to generate C++ parser classes
7049 * A Complete C++ Example:: Demonstrating their use
7050 @end menu
7051
7052 @node C++ Parsers
7053 @section C++ Parsers
7054
7055 @menu
7056 * C++ Bison Interface:: Asking for C++ parser generation
7057 * C++ Semantic Values:: %union vs. C++
7058 * C++ Location Values:: The position and location classes
7059 * C++ Parser Interface:: Instantiating and running the parser
7060 * C++ Scanner Interface:: Exchanges between yylex and parse
7061 @end menu
7062
7063 @node C++ Bison Interface
7064 @subsection C++ Bison Interface
7065 @c - %skeleton "lalr1.cc"
7066 @c - Always pure
7067 @c - initial action
7068
7069 The C++ parser @acronym{LALR}(1) skeleton is named @file{lalr1.cc}. To
7070 select it, you may either pass the option @option{--skeleton=lalr1.cc}
7071 to Bison, or include the directive @samp{%skeleton "lalr1.cc"} in the
7072 grammar preamble. When run, @command{bison} will create several
7073 entities in the @samp{yy} namespace. Use the @samp{%name-prefix}
7074 directive to change the namespace name, see @ref{Decl Summary}. The
7075 various classes are generated in the following files:
7076
7077 @table @file
7078 @item position.hh
7079 @itemx location.hh
7080 The definition of the classes @code{position} and @code{location},
7081 used for location tracking. @xref{C++ Location Values}.
7082
7083 @item stack.hh
7084 An auxiliary class @code{stack} used by the parser.
7085
7086 @item @var{file}.hh
7087 @itemx @var{file}.cc
7088 (Assuming the extension of the input file was @samp{.yy}.) The
7089 declaration and implementation of the C++ parser class. The basename
7090 and extension of these two files follow the same rules as with regular C
7091 parsers (@pxref{Invocation}).
7092
7093 The header is @emph{mandatory}; you must either pass
7094 @option{-d}/@option{--defines} to @command{bison}, or use the
7095 @samp{%defines} directive.
7096 @end table
7097
7098 All these files are documented using Doxygen; run @command{doxygen}
7099 for a complete and accurate documentation.
7100
7101 @node C++ Semantic Values
7102 @subsection C++ Semantic Values
7103 @c - No objects in unions
7104 @c - YSTYPE
7105 @c - Printer and destructor
7106
7107 The @code{%union} directive works as for C, see @ref{Union Decl, ,The
7108 Collection of Value Types}. In particular it produces a genuine
7109 @code{union}@footnote{In the future techniques to allow complex types
7110 within pseudo-unions (similar to Boost variants) might be implemented to
7111 alleviate these issues.}, which have a few specific features in C++.
7112 @itemize @minus
7113 @item
7114 The type @code{YYSTYPE} is defined but its use is discouraged: rather
7115 you should refer to the parser's encapsulated type
7116 @code{yy::parser::semantic_type}.
7117 @item
7118 Non POD (Plain Old Data) types cannot be used. C++ forbids any
7119 instance of classes with constructors in unions: only @emph{pointers}
7120 to such objects are allowed.
7121 @end itemize
7122
7123 Because objects have to be stored via pointers, memory is not
7124 reclaimed automatically: using the @code{%destructor} directive is the
7125 only means to avoid leaks. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded
7126 Symbols}.
7127
7128
7129 @node C++ Location Values
7130 @subsection C++ Location Values
7131 @c - %locations
7132 @c - class Position
7133 @c - class Location
7134 @c - %define "filename_type" "const symbol::Symbol"
7135
7136 When the directive @code{%locations} is used, the C++ parser supports
7137 location tracking, see @ref{Locations, , Locations Overview}. Two
7138 auxiliary classes define a @code{position}, a single point in a file,
7139 and a @code{location}, a range composed of a pair of
7140 @code{position}s (possibly spanning several files).
7141
7142 @deftypemethod {position} {std::string*} file
7143 The name of the file. It will always be handled as a pointer, the
7144 parser will never duplicate nor deallocate it. As an experimental
7145 feature you may change it to @samp{@var{type}*} using @samp{%define
7146 "filename_type" "@var{type}"}.
7147 @end deftypemethod
7148
7149 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} line
7150 The line, starting at 1.
7151 @end deftypemethod
7152
7153 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} lines (int @var{height} = 1)
7154 Advance by @var{height} lines, resetting the column number.
7155 @end deftypemethod
7156
7157 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} column
7158 The column, starting at 0.
7159 @end deftypemethod
7160
7161 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} columns (int @var{width} = 1)
7162 Advance by @var{width} columns, without changing the line number.
7163 @end deftypemethod
7164
7165 @deftypemethod {position} {position&} operator+= (position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7166 @deftypemethodx {position} {position} operator+ (const position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7167 @deftypemethodx {position} {position&} operator-= (const position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7168 @deftypemethodx {position} {position} operator- (position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7169 Various forms of syntactic sugar for @code{columns}.
7170 @end deftypemethod
7171
7172 @deftypemethod {position} {position} operator<< (std::ostream @var{o}, const position& @var{p})
7173 Report @var{p} on @var{o} like this:
7174 @samp{@var{file}:@var{line}.@var{column}}, or
7175 @samp{@var{line}.@var{column}} if @var{file} is null.
7176 @end deftypemethod
7177
7178 @deftypemethod {location} {position} begin
7179 @deftypemethodx {location} {position} end
7180 The first, inclusive, position of the range, and the first beyond.
7181 @end deftypemethod
7182
7183 @deftypemethod {location} {unsigned int} columns (int @var{width} = 1)
7184 @deftypemethodx {location} {unsigned int} lines (int @var{height} = 1)
7185 Advance the @code{end} position.
7186 @end deftypemethod
7187
7188 @deftypemethod {location} {location} operator+ (const location& @var{begin}, const location& @var{end})
7189 @deftypemethodx {location} {location} operator+ (const location& @var{begin}, int @var{width})
7190 @deftypemethodx {location} {location} operator+= (const location& @var{loc}, int @var{width})
7191 Various forms of syntactic sugar.
7192 @end deftypemethod
7193
7194 @deftypemethod {location} {void} step ()
7195 Move @code{begin} onto @code{end}.
7196 @end deftypemethod
7197
7198
7199 @node C++ Parser Interface
7200 @subsection C++ Parser Interface
7201 @c - define parser_class_name
7202 @c - Ctor
7203 @c - parse, error, set_debug_level, debug_level, set_debug_stream,
7204 @c debug_stream.
7205 @c - Reporting errors
7206
7207 The output files @file{@var{output}.hh} and @file{@var{output}.cc}
7208 declare and define the parser class in the namespace @code{yy}. The
7209 class name defaults to @code{parser}, but may be changed using
7210 @samp{%define "parser_class_name" "@var{name}"}. The interface of
7211 this class is detailed below. It can be extended using the
7212 @code{%parse-param} feature: its semantics is slightly changed since
7213 it describes an additional member of the parser class, and an
7214 additional argument for its constructor.
7215
7216 @defcv {Type} {parser} {semantic_value_type}
7217 @defcvx {Type} {parser} {location_value_type}
7218 The types for semantics value and locations.
7219 @end defcv
7220
7221 @deftypemethod {parser} {} parser (@var{type1} @var{arg1}, ...)
7222 Build a new parser object. There are no arguments by default, unless
7223 @samp{%parse-param @{@var{type1} @var{arg1}@}} was used.
7224 @end deftypemethod
7225
7226 @deftypemethod {parser} {int} parse ()
7227 Run the syntactic analysis, and return 0 on success, 1 otherwise.
7228 @end deftypemethod
7229
7230 @deftypemethod {parser} {std::ostream&} debug_stream ()
7231 @deftypemethodx {parser} {void} set_debug_stream (std::ostream& @var{o})
7232 Get or set the stream used for tracing the parsing. It defaults to
7233 @code{std::cerr}.
7234 @end deftypemethod
7235
7236 @deftypemethod {parser} {debug_level_type} debug_level ()
7237 @deftypemethodx {parser} {void} set_debug_level (debug_level @var{l})
7238 Get or set the tracing level. Currently its value is either 0, no trace,
7239 or nonzero, full tracing.
7240 @end deftypemethod
7241
7242 @deftypemethod {parser} {void} error (const location_type& @var{l}, const std::string& @var{m})
7243 The definition for this member function must be supplied by the user:
7244 the parser uses it to report a parser error occurring at @var{l},
7245 described by @var{m}.
7246 @end deftypemethod
7247
7248
7249 @node C++ Scanner Interface
7250 @subsection C++ Scanner Interface
7251 @c - prefix for yylex.
7252 @c - Pure interface to yylex
7253 @c - %lex-param
7254
7255 The parser invokes the scanner by calling @code{yylex}. Contrary to C
7256 parsers, C++ parsers are always pure: there is no point in using the
7257 @code{%pure-parser} directive. Therefore the interface is as follows.
7258
7259 @deftypemethod {parser} {int} yylex (semantic_value_type& @var{yylval}, location_type& @var{yylloc}, @var{type1} @var{arg1}, ...)
7260 Return the next token. Its type is the return value, its semantic
7261 value and location being @var{yylval} and @var{yylloc}. Invocations of
7262 @samp{%lex-param @{@var{type1} @var{arg1}@}} yield additional arguments.
7263 @end deftypemethod
7264
7265
7266 @node A Complete C++ Example
7267 @section A Complete C++ Example
7268
7269 This section demonstrates the use of a C++ parser with a simple but
7270 complete example. This example should be available on your system,
7271 ready to compile, in the directory @dfn{../bison/examples/calc++}. It
7272 focuses on the use of Bison, therefore the design of the various C++
7273 classes is very naive: no accessors, no encapsulation of members etc.
7274 We will use a Lex scanner, and more precisely, a Flex scanner, to
7275 demonstrate the various interaction. A hand written scanner is
7276 actually easier to interface with.
7277
7278 @menu
7279 * Calc++ --- C++ Calculator:: The specifications
7280 * Calc++ Parsing Driver:: An active parsing context
7281 * Calc++ Parser:: A parser class
7282 * Calc++ Scanner:: A pure C++ Flex scanner
7283 * Calc++ Top Level:: Conducting the band
7284 @end menu
7285
7286 @node Calc++ --- C++ Calculator
7287 @subsection Calc++ --- C++ Calculator
7288
7289 Of course the grammar is dedicated to arithmetics, a single
7290 expression, possibly preceded by variable assignments. An
7291 environment containing possibly predefined variables such as
7292 @code{one} and @code{two}, is exchanged with the parser. An example
7293 of valid input follows.
7294
7295 @example
7296 three := 3
7297 seven := one + two * three
7298 seven * seven
7299 @end example
7300
7301 @node Calc++ Parsing Driver
7302 @subsection Calc++ Parsing Driver
7303 @c - An env
7304 @c - A place to store error messages
7305 @c - A place for the result
7306
7307 To support a pure interface with the parser (and the scanner) the
7308 technique of the ``parsing context'' is convenient: a structure
7309 containing all the data to exchange. Since, in addition to simply
7310 launch the parsing, there are several auxiliary tasks to execute (open
7311 the file for parsing, instantiate the parser etc.), we recommend
7312 transforming the simple parsing context structure into a fully blown
7313 @dfn{parsing driver} class.
7314
7315 The declaration of this driver class, @file{calc++-driver.hh}, is as
7316 follows. The first part includes the CPP guard and imports the
7317 required standard library components, and the declaration of the parser
7318 class.
7319
7320 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7321 @example
7322 #ifndef CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7323 # define CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7324 # include <string>
7325 # include <map>
7326 # include "calc++-parser.hh"
7327 @end example
7328
7329
7330 @noindent
7331 Then comes the declaration of the scanning function. Flex expects
7332 the signature of @code{yylex} to be defined in the macro
7333 @code{YY_DECL}, and the C++ parser expects it to be declared. We can
7334 factor both as follows.
7335
7336 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7337 @example
7338 // Announce to Flex the prototype we want for lexing function, ...
7339 # define YY_DECL \
7340 yy::calcxx_parser::token_type \
7341 yylex (yy::calcxx_parser::semantic_type* yylval, \
7342 yy::calcxx_parser::location_type* yylloc, \
7343 calcxx_driver& driver)
7344 // ... and declare it for the parser's sake.
7345 YY_DECL;
7346 @end example
7347
7348 @noindent
7349 The @code{calcxx_driver} class is then declared with its most obvious
7350 members.
7351
7352 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7353 @example
7354 // Conducting the whole scanning and parsing of Calc++.
7355 class calcxx_driver
7356 @{
7357 public:
7358 calcxx_driver ();
7359 virtual ~calcxx_driver ();
7360
7361 std::map<std::string, int> variables;
7362
7363 int result;
7364 @end example
7365
7366 @noindent
7367 To encapsulate the coordination with the Flex scanner, it is useful to
7368 have two members function to open and close the scanning phase.
7369 members.
7370
7371 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7372 @example
7373 // Handling the scanner.
7374 void scan_begin ();
7375 void scan_end ();
7376 bool trace_scanning;
7377 @end example
7378
7379 @noindent
7380 Similarly for the parser itself.
7381
7382 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7383 @example
7384 // Handling the parser.
7385 void parse (const std::string& f);
7386 std::string file;
7387 bool trace_parsing;
7388 @end example
7389
7390 @noindent
7391 To demonstrate pure handling of parse errors, instead of simply
7392 dumping them on the standard error output, we will pass them to the
7393 compiler driver using the following two member functions. Finally, we
7394 close the class declaration and CPP guard.
7395
7396 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7397 @example
7398 // Error handling.
7399 void error (const yy::location& l, const std::string& m);
7400 void error (const std::string& m);
7401 @};
7402 #endif // ! CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7403 @end example
7404
7405 The implementation of the driver is straightforward. The @code{parse}
7406 member function deserves some attention. The @code{error} functions
7407 are simple stubs, they should actually register the located error
7408 messages and set error state.
7409
7410 @comment file: calc++-driver.cc
7411 @example
7412 #include "calc++-driver.hh"
7413 #include "calc++-parser.hh"
7414
7415 calcxx_driver::calcxx_driver ()
7416 : trace_scanning (false), trace_parsing (false)
7417 @{
7418 variables["one"] = 1;
7419 variables["two"] = 2;
7420 @}
7421
7422 calcxx_driver::~calcxx_driver ()
7423 @{
7424 @}
7425
7426 void
7427 calcxx_driver::parse (const std::string &f)
7428 @{
7429 file = f;
7430 scan_begin ();
7431 yy::calcxx_parser parser (*this);
7432 parser.set_debug_level (trace_parsing);
7433 parser.parse ();
7434 scan_end ();
7435 @}
7436
7437 void
7438 calcxx_driver::error (const yy::location& l, const std::string& m)
7439 @{
7440 std::cerr << l << ": " << m << std::endl;
7441 @}
7442
7443 void
7444 calcxx_driver::error (const std::string& m)
7445 @{
7446 std::cerr << m << std::endl;
7447 @}
7448 @end example
7449
7450 @node Calc++ Parser
7451 @subsection Calc++ Parser
7452
7453 The parser definition file @file{calc++-parser.yy} starts by asking for
7454 the C++ LALR(1) skeleton, the creation of the parser header file, and
7455 specifies the name of the parser class. Because the C++ skeleton
7456 changed several times, it is safer to require the version you designed
7457 the grammar for.
7458
7459 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7460 @example
7461 %skeleton "lalr1.cc" /* -*- C++ -*- */
7462 %require "2.1a"
7463 %defines
7464 %define "parser_class_name" "calcxx_parser"
7465 @end example
7466
7467 @noindent
7468 @findex %start-header
7469 Then come the declarations/inclusions needed to define the
7470 @code{%union}. Because the parser uses the parsing driver and
7471 reciprocally, both cannot include the header of the other. Because the
7472 driver's header needs detailed knowledge about the parser class (in
7473 particular its inner types), it is the parser's header which will simply
7474 use a forward declaration of the driver.
7475 @xref{Table of Symbols, ,%start-header}.
7476
7477 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7478 @example
7479 %start-header @{
7480 # include <string>
7481 class calcxx_driver;
7482 @}
7483 @end example
7484
7485 @noindent
7486 The driver is passed by reference to the parser and to the scanner.
7487 This provides a simple but effective pure interface, not relying on
7488 global variables.
7489
7490 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7491 @example
7492 // The parsing context.
7493 %parse-param @{ calcxx_driver& driver @}
7494 %lex-param @{ calcxx_driver& driver @}
7495 @end example
7496
7497 @noindent
7498 Then we request the location tracking feature, and initialize the
7499 first location's file name. Afterwards new locations are computed
7500 relatively to the previous locations: the file name will be
7501 automatically propagated.
7502
7503 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7504 @example
7505 %locations
7506 %initial-action
7507 @{
7508 // Initialize the initial location.
7509 @@$.begin.filename = @@$.end.filename = &driver.file;
7510 @};
7511 @end example
7512
7513 @noindent
7514 Use the two following directives to enable parser tracing and verbose
7515 error messages.
7516
7517 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7518 @example
7519 %debug
7520 %error-verbose
7521 @end example
7522
7523 @noindent
7524 Semantic values cannot use ``real'' objects, but only pointers to
7525 them.
7526
7527 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7528 @example
7529 // Symbols.
7530 %union
7531 @{
7532 int ival;
7533 std::string *sval;
7534 @};
7535 @end example
7536
7537 @noindent
7538 @findex %after-header
7539 The code between @samp{%after-header @{} and @samp{@}} is output in the
7540 @file{*.cc} file; it needs detailed knowledge about the driver.
7541
7542 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7543 @example
7544 %after-header @{
7545 # include "calc++-driver.hh"
7546 @}
7547 @end example
7548
7549
7550 @noindent
7551 The token numbered as 0 corresponds to end of file; the following line
7552 allows for nicer error messages referring to ``end of file'' instead
7553 of ``$end''. Similarly user friendly named are provided for each
7554 symbol. Note that the tokens names are prefixed by @code{TOKEN_} to
7555 avoid name clashes.
7556
7557 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7558 @example
7559 %token END 0 "end of file"
7560 %token ASSIGN ":="
7561 %token <sval> IDENTIFIER "identifier"
7562 %token <ival> NUMBER "number"
7563 %type <ival> exp "expression"
7564 @end example
7565
7566 @noindent
7567 To enable memory deallocation during error recovery, use
7568 @code{%destructor}.
7569
7570 @c FIXME: Document %printer, and mention that it takes a braced-code operand.
7571 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7572 @example
7573 %printer @{ debug_stream () << *$$; @} "identifier"
7574 %destructor @{ delete $$; @} "identifier"
7575
7576 %printer @{ debug_stream () << $$; @} "number" "expression"
7577 @end example
7578
7579 @noindent
7580 The grammar itself is straightforward.
7581
7582 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7583 @example
7584 %%
7585 %start unit;
7586 unit: assignments exp @{ driver.result = $2; @};
7587
7588 assignments: assignments assignment @{@}
7589 | /* Nothing. */ @{@};
7590
7591 assignment: "identifier" ":=" exp @{ driver.variables[*$1] = $3; @};
7592
7593 %left '+' '-';
7594 %left '*' '/';
7595 exp: exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
7596 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
7597 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
7598 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
7599 | "identifier" @{ $$ = driver.variables[*$1]; @}
7600 | "number" @{ $$ = $1; @};
7601 %%
7602 @end example
7603
7604 @noindent
7605 Finally the @code{error} member function registers the errors to the
7606 driver.
7607
7608 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7609 @example
7610 void
7611 yy::calcxx_parser::error (const yy::calcxx_parser::location_type& l,
7612 const std::string& m)
7613 @{
7614 driver.error (l, m);
7615 @}
7616 @end example
7617
7618 @node Calc++ Scanner
7619 @subsection Calc++ Scanner
7620
7621 The Flex scanner first includes the driver declaration, then the
7622 parser's to get the set of defined tokens.
7623
7624 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7625 @example
7626 %@{ /* -*- C++ -*- */
7627 # include <cstdlib>
7628 # include <errno.h>
7629 # include <limits.h>
7630 # include <string>
7631 # include "calc++-driver.hh"
7632 # include "calc++-parser.hh"
7633
7634 /* Work around an incompatibility in flex (at least versions
7635 2.5.31 through 2.5.33): it generates code that does
7636 not conform to C89. See Debian bug 333231
7637 <http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=333231>. */
7638 # undef yywrap
7639 # define yywrap() 1
7640
7641 /* By default yylex returns int, we use token_type.
7642 Unfortunately yyterminate by default returns 0, which is
7643 not of token_type. */
7644 #define yyterminate() return token::END
7645 %@}
7646 @end example
7647
7648 @noindent
7649 Because there is no @code{#include}-like feature we don't need
7650 @code{yywrap}, we don't need @code{unput} either, and we parse an
7651 actual file, this is not an interactive session with the user.
7652 Finally we enable the scanner tracing features.
7653
7654 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7655 @example
7656 %option noyywrap nounput batch debug
7657 @end example
7658
7659 @noindent
7660 Abbreviations allow for more readable rules.
7661
7662 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7663 @example
7664 id [a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z_0-9]*
7665 int [0-9]+
7666 blank [ \t]
7667 @end example
7668
7669 @noindent
7670 The following paragraph suffices to track locations accurately. Each
7671 time @code{yylex} is invoked, the begin position is moved onto the end
7672 position. Then when a pattern is matched, the end position is
7673 advanced of its width. In case it matched ends of lines, the end
7674 cursor is adjusted, and each time blanks are matched, the begin cursor
7675 is moved onto the end cursor to effectively ignore the blanks
7676 preceding tokens. Comments would be treated equally.
7677
7678 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7679 @example
7680 %@{
7681 # define YY_USER_ACTION yylloc->columns (yyleng);
7682 %@}
7683 %%
7684 %@{
7685 yylloc->step ();
7686 %@}
7687 @{blank@}+ yylloc->step ();
7688 [\n]+ yylloc->lines (yyleng); yylloc->step ();
7689 @end example
7690
7691 @noindent
7692 The rules are simple, just note the use of the driver to report errors.
7693 It is convenient to use a typedef to shorten
7694 @code{yy::calcxx_parser::token::identifier} into
7695 @code{token::identifier} for instance.
7696
7697 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7698 @example
7699 %@{
7700 typedef yy::calcxx_parser::token token;
7701 %@}
7702 /* Convert ints to the actual type of tokens. */
7703 [-+*/] return yy::calcxx_parser::token_type (yytext[0]);
7704 ":=" return token::ASSIGN;
7705 @{int@} @{
7706 errno = 0;
7707 long n = strtol (yytext, NULL, 10);
7708 if (! (INT_MIN <= n && n <= INT_MAX && errno != ERANGE))
7709 driver.error (*yylloc, "integer is out of range");
7710 yylval->ival = n;
7711 return token::NUMBER;
7712 @}
7713 @{id@} yylval->sval = new std::string (yytext); return token::IDENTIFIER;
7714 . driver.error (*yylloc, "invalid character");
7715 %%
7716 @end example
7717
7718 @noindent
7719 Finally, because the scanner related driver's member function depend
7720 on the scanner's data, it is simpler to implement them in this file.
7721
7722 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7723 @example
7724 void
7725 calcxx_driver::scan_begin ()
7726 @{
7727 yy_flex_debug = trace_scanning;
7728 if (!(yyin = fopen (file.c_str (), "r")))
7729 error (std::string ("cannot open ") + file);
7730 @}
7731
7732 void
7733 calcxx_driver::scan_end ()
7734 @{
7735 fclose (yyin);
7736 @}
7737 @end example
7738
7739 @node Calc++ Top Level
7740 @subsection Calc++ Top Level
7741
7742 The top level file, @file{calc++.cc}, poses no problem.
7743
7744 @comment file: calc++.cc
7745 @example
7746 #include <iostream>
7747 #include "calc++-driver.hh"
7748
7749 int
7750 main (int argc, char *argv[])
7751 @{
7752 calcxx_driver driver;
7753 for (++argv; argv[0]; ++argv)
7754 if (*argv == std::string ("-p"))
7755 driver.trace_parsing = true;
7756 else if (*argv == std::string ("-s"))
7757 driver.trace_scanning = true;
7758 else
7759 @{
7760 driver.parse (*argv);
7761 std::cout << driver.result << std::endl;
7762 @}
7763 @}
7764 @end example
7765
7766 @c ================================================= FAQ
7767
7768 @node FAQ
7769 @chapter Frequently Asked Questions
7770 @cindex frequently asked questions
7771 @cindex questions
7772
7773 Several questions about Bison come up occasionally. Here some of them
7774 are addressed.
7775
7776 @menu
7777 * Memory Exhausted:: Breaking the Stack Limits
7778 * How Can I Reset the Parser:: @code{yyparse} Keeps some State
7779 * Strings are Destroyed:: @code{yylval} Loses Track of Strings
7780 * Implementing Gotos/Loops:: Control Flow in the Calculator
7781 * Multiple start-symbols:: Factoring closely related grammars
7782 * Secure? Conform?:: Is Bison @acronym{POSIX} safe?
7783 * I can't build Bison:: Troubleshooting
7784 * Where can I find help?:: Troubleshouting
7785 * Bug Reports:: Troublereporting
7786 * Other Languages:: Parsers in Java and others
7787 * Beta Testing:: Experimenting development versions
7788 * Mailing Lists:: Meeting other Bison users
7789 @end menu
7790
7791 @node Memory Exhausted
7792 @section Memory Exhausted
7793
7794 @display
7795 My parser returns with error with a @samp{memory exhausted}
7796 message. What can I do?
7797 @end display
7798
7799 This question is already addressed elsewhere, @xref{Recursion,
7800 ,Recursive Rules}.
7801
7802 @node How Can I Reset the Parser
7803 @section How Can I Reset the Parser
7804
7805 The following phenomenon has several symptoms, resulting in the
7806 following typical questions:
7807
7808 @display
7809 I invoke @code{yyparse} several times, and on correct input it works
7810 properly; but when a parse error is found, all the other calls fail
7811 too. How can I reset the error flag of @code{yyparse}?
7812 @end display
7813
7814 @noindent
7815 or
7816
7817 @display
7818 My parser includes support for an @samp{#include}-like feature, in
7819 which case I run @code{yyparse} from @code{yyparse}. This fails
7820 although I did specify I needed a @code{%pure-parser}.
7821 @end display
7822
7823 These problems typically come not from Bison itself, but from
7824 Lex-generated scanners. Because these scanners use large buffers for
7825 speed, they might not notice a change of input file. As a
7826 demonstration, consider the following source file,
7827 @file{first-line.l}:
7828
7829 @verbatim
7830 %{
7831 #include <stdio.h>
7832 #include <stdlib.h>
7833 %}
7834 %%
7835 .*\n ECHO; return 1;
7836 %%
7837 int
7838 yyparse (char const *file)
7839 {
7840 yyin = fopen (file, "r");
7841 if (!yyin)
7842 exit (2);
7843 /* One token only. */
7844 yylex ();
7845 if (fclose (yyin) != 0)
7846 exit (3);
7847 return 0;
7848 }
7849
7850 int
7851 main (void)
7852 {
7853 yyparse ("input");
7854 yyparse ("input");
7855 return 0;
7856 }
7857 @end verbatim
7858
7859 @noindent
7860 If the file @file{input} contains
7861
7862 @verbatim
7863 input:1: Hello,
7864 input:2: World!
7865 @end verbatim
7866
7867 @noindent
7868 then instead of getting the first line twice, you get:
7869
7870 @example
7871 $ @kbd{flex -ofirst-line.c first-line.l}
7872 $ @kbd{gcc -ofirst-line first-line.c -ll}
7873 $ @kbd{./first-line}
7874 input:1: Hello,
7875 input:2: World!
7876 @end example
7877
7878 Therefore, whenever you change @code{yyin}, you must tell the
7879 Lex-generated scanner to discard its current buffer and switch to the
7880 new one. This depends upon your implementation of Lex; see its
7881 documentation for more. For Flex, it suffices to call
7882 @samp{YY_FLUSH_BUFFER} after each change to @code{yyin}. If your
7883 Flex-generated scanner needs to read from several input streams to
7884 handle features like include files, you might consider using Flex
7885 functions like @samp{yy_switch_to_buffer} that manipulate multiple
7886 input buffers.
7887
7888 If your Flex-generated scanner uses start conditions (@pxref{Start
7889 conditions, , Start conditions, flex, The Flex Manual}), you might
7890 also want to reset the scanner's state, i.e., go back to the initial
7891 start condition, through a call to @samp{BEGIN (0)}.
7892
7893 @node Strings are Destroyed
7894 @section Strings are Destroyed
7895
7896 @display
7897 My parser seems to destroy old strings, or maybe it loses track of
7898 them. Instead of reporting @samp{"foo", "bar"}, it reports
7899 @samp{"bar", "bar"}, or even @samp{"foo\nbar", "bar"}.
7900 @end display
7901
7902 This error is probably the single most frequent ``bug report'' sent to
7903 Bison lists, but is only concerned with a misunderstanding of the role
7904 of the scanner. Consider the following Lex code:
7905
7906 @verbatim
7907 %{
7908 #include <stdio.h>
7909 char *yylval = NULL;
7910 %}
7911 %%
7912 .* yylval = yytext; return 1;
7913 \n /* IGNORE */
7914 %%
7915 int
7916 main ()
7917 {
7918 /* Similar to using $1, $2 in a Bison action. */
7919 char *fst = (yylex (), yylval);
7920 char *snd = (yylex (), yylval);
7921 printf ("\"%s\", \"%s\"\n", fst, snd);
7922 return 0;
7923 }
7924 @end verbatim
7925
7926 If you compile and run this code, you get:
7927
7928 @example
7929 $ @kbd{flex -osplit-lines.c split-lines.l}
7930 $ @kbd{gcc -osplit-lines split-lines.c -ll}
7931 $ @kbd{printf 'one\ntwo\n' | ./split-lines}
7932 "one
7933 two", "two"
7934 @end example
7935
7936 @noindent
7937 this is because @code{yytext} is a buffer provided for @emph{reading}
7938 in the action, but if you want to keep it, you have to duplicate it
7939 (e.g., using @code{strdup}). Note that the output may depend on how
7940 your implementation of Lex handles @code{yytext}. For instance, when
7941 given the Lex compatibility option @option{-l} (which triggers the
7942 option @samp{%array}) Flex generates a different behavior:
7943
7944 @example
7945 $ @kbd{flex -l -osplit-lines.c split-lines.l}
7946 $ @kbd{gcc -osplit-lines split-lines.c -ll}
7947 $ @kbd{printf 'one\ntwo\n' | ./split-lines}
7948 "two", "two"
7949 @end example
7950
7951
7952 @node Implementing Gotos/Loops
7953 @section Implementing Gotos/Loops
7954
7955 @display
7956 My simple calculator supports variables, assignments, and functions,
7957 but how can I implement gotos, or loops?
7958 @end display
7959
7960 Although very pedagogical, the examples included in the document blur
7961 the distinction to make between the parser---whose job is to recover
7962 the structure of a text and to transmit it to subsequent modules of
7963 the program---and the processing (such as the execution) of this
7964 structure. This works well with so called straight line programs,
7965 i.e., precisely those that have a straightforward execution model:
7966 execute simple instructions one after the others.
7967
7968 @cindex abstract syntax tree
7969 @cindex @acronym{AST}
7970 If you want a richer model, you will probably need to use the parser
7971 to construct a tree that does represent the structure it has
7972 recovered; this tree is usually called the @dfn{abstract syntax tree},
7973 or @dfn{@acronym{AST}} for short. Then, walking through this tree,
7974 traversing it in various ways, will enable treatments such as its
7975 execution or its translation, which will result in an interpreter or a
7976 compiler.
7977
7978 This topic is way beyond the scope of this manual, and the reader is
7979 invited to consult the dedicated literature.
7980
7981
7982 @node Multiple start-symbols
7983 @section Multiple start-symbols
7984
7985 @display
7986 I have several closely related grammars, and I would like to share their
7987 implementations. In fact, I could use a single grammar but with
7988 multiple entry points.
7989 @end display
7990
7991 Bison does not support multiple start-symbols, but there is a very
7992 simple means to simulate them. If @code{foo} and @code{bar} are the two
7993 pseudo start-symbols, then introduce two new tokens, say
7994 @code{START_FOO} and @code{START_BAR}, and use them as switches from the
7995 real start-symbol:
7996
7997 @example
7998 %token START_FOO START_BAR;
7999 %start start;
8000 start: START_FOO foo
8001 | START_BAR bar;
8002 @end example
8003
8004 These tokens prevents the introduction of new conflicts. As far as the
8005 parser goes, that is all that is needed.
8006
8007 Now the difficult part is ensuring that the scanner will send these
8008 tokens first. If your scanner is hand-written, that should be
8009 straightforward. If your scanner is generated by Lex, them there is
8010 simple means to do it: recall that anything between @samp{%@{ ... %@}}
8011 after the first @code{%%} is copied verbatim in the top of the generated
8012 @code{yylex} function. Make sure a variable @code{start_token} is
8013 available in the scanner (e.g., a global variable or using
8014 @code{%lex-param} etc.), and use the following:
8015
8016 @example
8017 /* @r{Prologue.} */
8018 %%
8019 %@{
8020 if (start_token)
8021 @{
8022 int t = start_token;
8023 start_token = 0;
8024 return t;
8025 @}
8026 %@}
8027 /* @r{The rules.} */
8028 @end example
8029
8030
8031 @node Secure? Conform?
8032 @section Secure? Conform?
8033
8034 @display
8035 Is Bison secure? Does it conform to POSIX?
8036 @end display
8037
8038 If you're looking for a guarantee or certification, we don't provide it.
8039 However, Bison is intended to be a reliable program that conforms to the
8040 @acronym{POSIX} specification for Yacc. If you run into problems,
8041 please send us a bug report.
8042
8043 @node I can't build Bison
8044 @section I can't build Bison
8045
8046 @display
8047 I can't build Bison because @command{make} complains that
8048 @code{msgfmt} is not found.
8049 What should I do?
8050 @end display
8051
8052 Like most GNU packages with internationalization support, that feature
8053 is turned on by default. If you have problems building in the @file{po}
8054 subdirectory, it indicates that your system's internationalization
8055 support is lacking. You can re-configure Bison with
8056 @option{--disable-nls} to turn off this support, or you can install GNU
8057 gettext from @url{ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gettext/} and re-configure
8058 Bison. See the file @file{ABOUT-NLS} for more information.
8059
8060
8061 @node Where can I find help?
8062 @section Where can I find help?
8063
8064 @display
8065 I'm having trouble using Bison. Where can I find help?
8066 @end display
8067
8068 First, read this fine manual. Beyond that, you can send mail to
8069 @email{help-bison@@gnu.org}. This mailing list is intended to be
8070 populated with people who are willing to answer questions about using
8071 and installing Bison. Please keep in mind that (most of) the people on
8072 the list have aspects of their lives which are not related to Bison (!),
8073 so you may not receive an answer to your question right away. This can
8074 be frustrating, but please try not to honk them off; remember that any
8075 help they provide is purely voluntary and out of the kindness of their
8076 hearts.
8077
8078 @node Bug Reports
8079 @section Bug Reports
8080
8081 @display
8082 I found a bug. What should I include in the bug report?
8083 @end display
8084
8085 Before you send a bug report, make sure you are using the latest
8086 version. Check @url{ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/bison/} or one of its
8087 mirrors. Be sure to include the version number in your bug report. If
8088 the bug is present in the latest version but not in a previous version,
8089 try to determine the most recent version which did not contain the bug.
8090
8091 If the bug is parser-related, you should include the smallest grammar
8092 you can which demonstrates the bug. The grammar file should also be
8093 complete (i.e., I should be able to run it through Bison without having
8094 to edit or add anything). The smaller and simpler the grammar, the
8095 easier it will be to fix the bug.
8096
8097 Include information about your compilation environment, including your
8098 operating system's name and version and your compiler's name and
8099 version. If you have trouble compiling, you should also include a
8100 transcript of the build session, starting with the invocation of
8101 `configure'. Depending on the nature of the bug, you may be asked to
8102 send additional files as well (such as `config.h' or `config.cache').
8103
8104 Patches are most welcome, but not required. That is, do not hesitate to
8105 send a bug report just because you can not provide a fix.
8106
8107 Send bug reports to @email{bug-bison@@gnu.org}.
8108
8109 @node Other Languages
8110 @section Other Languages
8111
8112 @display
8113 Will Bison ever have C++ support? How about Java or @var{insert your
8114 favorite language here}?
8115 @end display
8116
8117 C++ support is there now, and is documented. We'd love to add other
8118 languages; contributions are welcome.
8119
8120 @node Beta Testing
8121 @section Beta Testing
8122
8123 @display
8124 What is involved in being a beta tester?
8125 @end display
8126
8127 It's not terribly involved. Basically, you would download a test
8128 release, compile it, and use it to build and run a parser or two. After
8129 that, you would submit either a bug report or a message saying that
8130 everything is okay. It is important to report successes as well as
8131 failures because test releases eventually become mainstream releases,
8132 but only if they are adequately tested. If no one tests, development is
8133 essentially halted.
8134
8135 Beta testers are particularly needed for operating systems to which the
8136 developers do not have easy access. They currently have easy access to
8137 recent GNU/Linux and Solaris versions. Reports about other operating
8138 systems are especially welcome.
8139
8140 @node Mailing Lists
8141 @section Mailing Lists
8142
8143 @display
8144 How do I join the help-bison and bug-bison mailing lists?
8145 @end display
8146
8147 See @url{http://lists.gnu.org/}.
8148
8149 @c ================================================= Table of Symbols
8150
8151 @node Table of Symbols
8152 @appendix Bison Symbols
8153 @cindex Bison symbols, table of
8154 @cindex symbols in Bison, table of
8155
8156 @deffn {Variable} @@$
8157 In an action, the location of the left-hand side of the rule.
8158 @xref{Locations, , Locations Overview}.
8159 @end deffn
8160
8161 @deffn {Variable} @@@var{n}
8162 In an action, the location of the @var{n}-th symbol of the right-hand
8163 side of the rule. @xref{Locations, , Locations Overview}.
8164 @end deffn
8165
8166 @deffn {Variable} $$
8167 In an action, the semantic value of the left-hand side of the rule.
8168 @xref{Actions}.
8169 @end deffn
8170
8171 @deffn {Variable} $@var{n}
8172 In an action, the semantic value of the @var{n}-th symbol of the
8173 right-hand side of the rule. @xref{Actions}.
8174 @end deffn
8175
8176 @deffn {Delimiter} %%
8177 Delimiter used to separate the grammar rule section from the
8178 Bison declarations section or the epilogue.
8179 @xref{Grammar Layout, ,The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar}.
8180 @end deffn
8181
8182 @c Don't insert spaces, or check the DVI output.
8183 @deffn {Delimiter} %@{@var{code}%@}
8184 All code listed between @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} is copied directly to
8185 the output file uninterpreted. Such code forms the prologue of the input
8186 file. @xref{Grammar Outline, ,Outline of a Bison
8187 Grammar}.
8188 @end deffn
8189
8190 @deffn {Construct} /*@dots{}*/
8191 Comment delimiters, as in C.
8192 @end deffn
8193
8194 @deffn {Delimiter} :
8195 Separates a rule's result from its components. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of
8196 Grammar Rules}.
8197 @end deffn
8198
8199 @deffn {Delimiter} ;
8200 Terminates a rule. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
8201 @end deffn
8202
8203 @deffn {Delimiter} |
8204 Separates alternate rules for the same result nonterminal.
8205 @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
8206 @end deffn
8207
8208 @deffn {Symbol} $accept
8209 The predefined nonterminal whose only rule is @samp{$accept: @var{start}
8210 $end}, where @var{start} is the start symbol. @xref{Start Decl, , The
8211 Start-Symbol}. It cannot be used in the grammar.
8212 @end deffn
8213
8214 @deffn {Directive} %after-header @{@var{code}@}
8215 Specifies code to be inserted into the code file after the contents of the
8216 header file.
8217 @xref{Table of Symbols, ,%start-header}.
8218 @end deffn
8219
8220 @deffn {Directive} %before-header @{@var{code}@}
8221 Specifies code to be inserted into the code file before the contents of the
8222 header file.
8223 @xref{Table of Symbols, ,%start-header}.
8224 @end deffn
8225
8226 @deffn {Directive} %end-header @{@var{code}@}
8227 Specifies code to be inserted both into the header file (if generated;
8228 @pxref{Table of Symbols, ,%defines}) and into the code file after any
8229 Bison-generated definitions.
8230 @xref{Table of Symbols, ,%start-header}.
8231 @end deffn
8232
8233 @deffn {Directive} %start-header @{@var{code}@}
8234 Specifies code to be inserted both into the header file (if generated;
8235 @pxref{Table of Symbols, ,%defines}) and into the code file before any
8236 Bison-generated definitions.
8237
8238 @cindex Prologue
8239 @findex %before-header
8240 @findex %union
8241 @findex %end-header
8242 @findex %after-header
8243 For example, the following declaration order in the grammar file reflects the
8244 order in which Bison will output these code blocks. However, you are free to
8245 declare these code blocks in your grammar file in whatever order is most
8246 convenient for you:
8247
8248 @smallexample
8249 %before-header @{
8250 /* Bison treats this block like a pre-prologue block: it inserts it
8251 * into the code file before the contents of the header file. It
8252 * does *not* insert it into the header file. This is a good place
8253 * to put #include's that you want at the top of your code file. A
8254 * common example is `#include "system.h"'. */
8255 @}
8256 %start-header @{
8257 /* Bison inserts this block into both the header file and the code
8258 * file. In both files, the point of insertion is before any
8259 * Bison-generated token, semantic type, location type, and class
8260 * definitions. This is a good place to define %union
8261 * dependencies, for example. */
8262 @}
8263 %union @{
8264 /* Unlike the traditional Yacc prologue blocks, the output order
8265 * for the %*-header blocks is not affected by their declaration
8266 * position relative to any %union in the grammar file. */
8267 @}
8268 %end-header @{
8269 /* Bison inserts this block into both the header file and the code
8270 * file. In both files, the point of insertion is after the
8271 * Bison-generated definitions. This is a good place to declare or
8272 * define public functions or data structures that depend on the
8273 * Bison-generated definitions. */
8274 @}
8275 %after-header @{
8276 /* Bison treats this block like a post-prologue block: it inserts
8277 * it into the code file after the contents of the header file. It
8278 * does *not* insert it into the header file. This is a good place
8279 * to declare or define internal functions or data structures that
8280 * depend on the Bison-generated definitions. */
8281 @}
8282 @end smallexample
8283
8284 If you have multiple occurrences of any one of the above declarations, Bison
8285 will concatenate the contents in declaration order.
8286
8287 @xref{Prologue, ,The Prologue}.
8288 @end deffn
8289
8290 @deffn {Directive} %debug
8291 Equip the parser for debugging. @xref{Decl Summary}.
8292 @end deffn
8293
8294 @deffn {Directive} %debug
8295 Equip the parser for debugging. @xref{Decl Summary}.
8296 @end deffn
8297
8298 @ifset defaultprec
8299 @deffn {Directive} %default-prec
8300 Assign a precedence to rules that lack an explicit @samp{%prec}
8301 modifier. @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
8302 Precedence}.
8303 @end deffn
8304 @end ifset
8305
8306 @deffn {Directive} %defines
8307 Bison declaration to create a header file meant for the scanner.
8308 @xref{Decl Summary}.
8309 @end deffn
8310
8311 @deffn {Directive} %destructor
8312 Specify how the parser should reclaim the memory associated to
8313 discarded symbols. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
8314 @end deffn
8315
8316 @deffn {Directive} %dprec
8317 Bison declaration to assign a precedence to a rule that is used at parse
8318 time to resolve reduce/reduce conflicts. @xref{GLR Parsers, ,Writing
8319 @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
8320 @end deffn
8321
8322 @deffn {Symbol} $end
8323 The predefined token marking the end of the token stream. It cannot be
8324 used in the grammar.
8325 @end deffn
8326
8327 @deffn {Symbol} error
8328 A token name reserved for error recovery. This token may be used in
8329 grammar rules so as to allow the Bison parser to recognize an error in
8330 the grammar without halting the process. In effect, a sentence
8331 containing an error may be recognized as valid. On a syntax error, the
8332 token @code{error} becomes the current lookahead token. Actions
8333 corresponding to @code{error} are then executed, and the lookahead
8334 token is reset to the token that originally caused the violation.
8335 @xref{Error Recovery}.
8336 @end deffn
8337
8338 @deffn {Directive} %error-verbose
8339 Bison declaration to request verbose, specific error message strings
8340 when @code{yyerror} is called.
8341 @end deffn
8342
8343 @deffn {Directive} %file-prefix="@var{prefix}"
8344 Bison declaration to set the prefix of the output files. @xref{Decl
8345 Summary}.
8346 @end deffn
8347
8348 @deffn {Directive} %glr-parser
8349 Bison declaration to produce a @acronym{GLR} parser. @xref{GLR
8350 Parsers, ,Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
8351 @end deffn
8352
8353 @deffn {Directive} %initial-action
8354 Run user code before parsing. @xref{Initial Action Decl, , Performing Actions before Parsing}.
8355 @end deffn
8356
8357 @deffn {Directive} %left
8358 Bison declaration to assign left associativity to token(s).
8359 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
8360 @end deffn
8361
8362 @deffn {Directive} %lex-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
8363 Bison declaration to specifying an additional parameter that
8364 @code{yylex} should accept. @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling Conventions
8365 for Pure Parsers}.
8366 @end deffn
8367
8368 @deffn {Directive} %merge
8369 Bison declaration to assign a merging function to a rule. If there is a
8370 reduce/reduce conflict with a rule having the same merging function, the
8371 function is applied to the two semantic values to get a single result.
8372 @xref{GLR Parsers, ,Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
8373 @end deffn
8374
8375 @deffn {Directive} %name-prefix="@var{prefix}"
8376 Bison declaration to rename the external symbols. @xref{Decl Summary}.
8377 @end deffn
8378
8379 @ifset defaultprec
8380 @deffn {Directive} %no-default-prec
8381 Do not assign a precedence to rules that lack an explicit @samp{%prec}
8382 modifier. @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
8383 Precedence}.
8384 @end deffn
8385 @end ifset
8386
8387 @deffn {Directive} %no-lines
8388 Bison declaration to avoid generating @code{#line} directives in the
8389 parser file. @xref{Decl Summary}.
8390 @end deffn
8391
8392 @deffn {Directive} %nonassoc
8393 Bison declaration to assign nonassociativity to token(s).
8394 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
8395 @end deffn
8396
8397 @deffn {Directive} %output="@var{file}"
8398 Bison declaration to set the name of the parser file. @xref{Decl
8399 Summary}.
8400 @end deffn
8401
8402 @deffn {Directive} %parse-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
8403 Bison declaration to specifying an additional parameter that
8404 @code{yyparse} should accept. @xref{Parser Function,, The Parser
8405 Function @code{yyparse}}.
8406 @end deffn
8407
8408 @deffn {Directive} %prec
8409 Bison declaration to assign a precedence to a specific rule.
8410 @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.
8411 @end deffn
8412
8413 @deffn {Directive} %pure-parser
8414 Bison declaration to request a pure (reentrant) parser.
8415 @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}.
8416 @end deffn
8417
8418 @deffn {Directive} %require "@var{version}"
8419 Require version @var{version} or higher of Bison. @xref{Require Decl, ,
8420 Require a Version of Bison}.
8421 @end deffn
8422
8423 @deffn {Directive} %right
8424 Bison declaration to assign right associativity to token(s).
8425 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
8426 @end deffn
8427
8428 @deffn {Directive} %start
8429 Bison declaration to specify the start symbol. @xref{Start Decl, ,The
8430 Start-Symbol}.
8431 @end deffn
8432
8433 @deffn {Directive} %token
8434 Bison declaration to declare token(s) without specifying precedence.
8435 @xref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}.
8436 @end deffn
8437
8438 @deffn {Directive} %token-table
8439 Bison declaration to include a token name table in the parser file.
8440 @xref{Decl Summary}.
8441 @end deffn
8442
8443 @deffn {Directive} %type
8444 Bison declaration to declare nonterminals. @xref{Type Decl,
8445 ,Nonterminal Symbols}.
8446 @end deffn
8447
8448 @deffn {Symbol} $undefined
8449 The predefined token onto which all undefined values returned by
8450 @code{yylex} are mapped. It cannot be used in the grammar, rather, use
8451 @code{error}.
8452 @end deffn
8453
8454 @deffn {Directive} %union
8455 Bison declaration to specify several possible data types for semantic
8456 values. @xref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}.
8457 @end deffn
8458
8459 @deffn {Macro} YYABORT
8460 Macro to pretend that an unrecoverable syntax error has occurred, by
8461 making @code{yyparse} return 1 immediately. The error reporting
8462 function @code{yyerror} is not called. @xref{Parser Function, ,The
8463 Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
8464 @end deffn
8465
8466 @deffn {Macro} YYACCEPT
8467 Macro to pretend that a complete utterance of the language has been
8468 read, by making @code{yyparse} return 0 immediately.
8469 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
8470 @end deffn
8471
8472 @deffn {Macro} YYBACKUP
8473 Macro to discard a value from the parser stack and fake a lookahead
8474 token. @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
8475 @end deffn
8476
8477 @deffn {Variable} yychar
8478 External integer variable that contains the integer value of the
8479 lookahead token. (In a pure parser, it is a local variable within
8480 @code{yyparse}.) Error-recovery rule actions may examine this variable.
8481 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
8482 @end deffn
8483
8484 @deffn {Variable} yyclearin
8485 Macro used in error-recovery rule actions. It clears the previous
8486 lookahead token. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8487 @end deffn
8488
8489 @deffn {Macro} YYDEBUG
8490 Macro to define to equip the parser with tracing code. @xref{Tracing,
8491 ,Tracing Your Parser}.
8492 @end deffn
8493
8494 @deffn {Variable} yydebug
8495 External integer variable set to zero by default. If @code{yydebug}
8496 is given a nonzero value, the parser will output information on input
8497 symbols and parser action. @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
8498 @end deffn
8499
8500 @deffn {Macro} yyerrok
8501 Macro to cause parser to recover immediately to its normal mode
8502 after a syntax error. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8503 @end deffn
8504
8505 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR
8506 Macro to pretend that a syntax error has just been detected: call
8507 @code{yyerror} and then perform normal error recovery if possible
8508 (@pxref{Error Recovery}), or (if recovery is impossible) make
8509 @code{yyparse} return 1. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8510 @end deffn
8511
8512 @deffn {Function} yyerror
8513 User-supplied function to be called by @code{yyparse} on error.
8514 @xref{Error Reporting, ,The Error
8515 Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}.
8516 @end deffn
8517
8518 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR_VERBOSE
8519 An obsolete macro that you define with @code{#define} in the prologue
8520 to request verbose, specific error message strings
8521 when @code{yyerror} is called. It doesn't matter what definition you
8522 use for @code{YYERROR_VERBOSE}, just whether you define it. Using
8523 @code{%error-verbose} is preferred.
8524 @end deffn
8525
8526 @deffn {Macro} YYINITDEPTH
8527 Macro for specifying the initial size of the parser stack.
8528 @xref{Memory Management}.
8529 @end deffn
8530
8531 @deffn {Function} yylex
8532 User-supplied lexical analyzer function, called with no arguments to get
8533 the next token. @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function
8534 @code{yylex}}.
8535 @end deffn
8536
8537 @deffn {Macro} YYLEX_PARAM
8538 An obsolete macro for specifying an extra argument (or list of extra
8539 arguments) for @code{yyparse} to pass to @code{yylex}. The use of this
8540 macro is deprecated, and is supported only for Yacc like parsers.
8541 @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling Conventions for Pure Parsers}.
8542 @end deffn
8543
8544 @deffn {Variable} yylloc
8545 External variable in which @code{yylex} should place the line and column
8546 numbers associated with a token. (In a pure parser, it is a local
8547 variable within @code{yyparse}, and its address is passed to
8548 @code{yylex}.)
8549 You can ignore this variable if you don't use the @samp{@@} feature in the
8550 grammar actions.
8551 @xref{Token Locations, ,Textual Locations of Tokens}.
8552 In semantic actions, it stores the location of the lookahead token.
8553 @xref{Actions and Locations, ,Actions and Locations}.
8554 @end deffn
8555
8556 @deffn {Type} YYLTYPE
8557 Data type of @code{yylloc}; by default, a structure with four
8558 members. @xref{Location Type, , Data Types of Locations}.
8559 @end deffn
8560
8561 @deffn {Variable} yylval
8562 External variable in which @code{yylex} should place the semantic
8563 value associated with a token. (In a pure parser, it is a local
8564 variable within @code{yyparse}, and its address is passed to
8565 @code{yylex}.)
8566 @xref{Token Values, ,Semantic Values of Tokens}.
8567 In semantic actions, it stores the semantic value of the lookahead token.
8568 @xref{Actions, ,Actions}.
8569 @end deffn
8570
8571 @deffn {Macro} YYMAXDEPTH
8572 Macro for specifying the maximum size of the parser stack. @xref{Memory
8573 Management}.
8574 @end deffn
8575
8576 @deffn {Variable} yynerrs
8577 Global variable which Bison increments each time it reports a syntax error.
8578 (In a pure parser, it is a local variable within @code{yyparse}.)
8579 @xref{Error Reporting, ,The Error Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}.
8580 @end deffn
8581
8582 @deffn {Function} yyparse
8583 The parser function produced by Bison; call this function to start
8584 parsing. @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
8585 @end deffn
8586
8587 @deffn {Macro} YYPARSE_PARAM
8588 An obsolete macro for specifying the name of a parameter that
8589 @code{yyparse} should accept. The use of this macro is deprecated, and
8590 is supported only for Yacc like parsers. @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling
8591 Conventions for Pure Parsers}.
8592 @end deffn
8593
8594 @deffn {Macro} YYRECOVERING
8595 The expression @code{YYRECOVERING ()} yields 1 when the parser
8596 is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 otherwise.
8597 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
8598 @end deffn
8599
8600 @deffn {Macro} YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
8601 Macro used to control the use of @code{alloca} when the C
8602 @acronym{LALR}(1) parser needs to extend its stacks. If defined to 0,
8603 the parser will use @code{malloc} to extend its stacks. If defined to
8604 1, the parser will use @code{alloca}. Values other than 0 and 1 are
8605 reserved for future Bison extensions. If not defined,
8606 @code{YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA} defaults to 0.
8607
8608 In the all-too-common case where your code may run on a host with a
8609 limited stack and with unreliable stack-overflow checking, you should
8610 set @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to a value that cannot possibly result in
8611 unchecked stack overflow on any of your target hosts when
8612 @code{alloca} is called. You can inspect the code that Bison
8613 generates in order to determine the proper numeric values. This will
8614 require some expertise in low-level implementation details.
8615 @end deffn
8616
8617 @deffn {Type} YYSTYPE
8618 Data type of semantic values; @code{int} by default.
8619 @xref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}.
8620 @end deffn
8621
8622 @node Glossary
8623 @appendix Glossary
8624 @cindex glossary
8625
8626 @table @asis
8627 @item Backus-Naur Form (@acronym{BNF}; also called ``Backus Normal Form'')
8628 Formal method of specifying context-free grammars originally proposed
8629 by John Backus, and slightly improved by Peter Naur in his 1960-01-02
8630 committee document contributing to what became the Algol 60 report.
8631 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8632
8633 @item Context-free grammars
8634 Grammars specified as rules that can be applied regardless of context.
8635 Thus, if there is a rule which says that an integer can be used as an
8636 expression, integers are allowed @emph{anywhere} an expression is
8637 permitted. @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free
8638 Grammars}.
8639
8640 @item Dynamic allocation
8641 Allocation of memory that occurs during execution, rather than at
8642 compile time or on entry to a function.
8643
8644 @item Empty string
8645 Analogous to the empty set in set theory, the empty string is a
8646 character string of length zero.
8647
8648 @item Finite-state stack machine
8649 A ``machine'' that has discrete states in which it is said to exist at
8650 each instant in time. As input to the machine is processed, the
8651 machine moves from state to state as specified by the logic of the
8652 machine. In the case of the parser, the input is the language being
8653 parsed, and the states correspond to various stages in the grammar
8654 rules. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
8655
8656 @item Generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR})
8657 A parsing algorithm that can handle all context-free grammars, including those
8658 that are not @acronym{LALR}(1). It resolves situations that Bison's
8659 usual @acronym{LALR}(1)
8660 algorithm cannot by effectively splitting off multiple parsers, trying all
8661 possible parsers, and discarding those that fail in the light of additional
8662 right context. @xref{Generalized LR Parsing, ,Generalized
8663 @acronym{LR} Parsing}.
8664
8665 @item Grouping
8666 A language construct that is (in general) grammatically divisible;
8667 for example, `expression' or `declaration' in C@.
8668 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8669
8670 @item Infix operator
8671 An arithmetic operator that is placed between the operands on which it
8672 performs some operation.
8673
8674 @item Input stream
8675 A continuous flow of data between devices or programs.
8676
8677 @item Language construct
8678 One of the typical usage schemas of the language. For example, one of
8679 the constructs of the C language is the @code{if} statement.
8680 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8681
8682 @item Left associativity
8683 Operators having left associativity are analyzed from left to right:
8684 @samp{a+b+c} first computes @samp{a+b} and then combines with
8685 @samp{c}. @xref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}.
8686
8687 @item Left recursion
8688 A rule whose result symbol is also its first component symbol; for
8689 example, @samp{expseq1 : expseq1 ',' exp;}. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive
8690 Rules}.
8691
8692 @item Left-to-right parsing
8693 Parsing a sentence of a language by analyzing it token by token from
8694 left to right. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
8695
8696 @item Lexical analyzer (scanner)
8697 A function that reads an input stream and returns tokens one by one.
8698 @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
8699
8700 @item Lexical tie-in
8701 A flag, set by actions in the grammar rules, which alters the way
8702 tokens are parsed. @xref{Lexical Tie-ins}.
8703
8704 @item Literal string token
8705 A token which consists of two or more fixed characters. @xref{Symbols}.
8706
8707 @item Lookahead token
8708 A token already read but not yet shifted. @xref{Lookahead, ,Lookahead
8709 Tokens}.
8710
8711 @item @acronym{LALR}(1)
8712 The class of context-free grammars that Bison (like most other parser
8713 generators) can handle; a subset of @acronym{LR}(1). @xref{Mystery
8714 Conflicts, ,Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts}.
8715
8716 @item @acronym{LR}(1)
8717 The class of context-free grammars in which at most one token of
8718 lookahead is needed to disambiguate the parsing of any piece of input.
8719
8720 @item Nonterminal symbol
8721 A grammar symbol standing for a grammatical construct that can
8722 be expressed through rules in terms of smaller constructs; in other
8723 words, a construct that is not a token. @xref{Symbols}.
8724
8725 @item Parser
8726 A function that recognizes valid sentences of a language by analyzing
8727 the syntax structure of a set of tokens passed to it from a lexical
8728 analyzer.
8729
8730 @item Postfix operator
8731 An arithmetic operator that is placed after the operands upon which it
8732 performs some operation.
8733
8734 @item Reduction
8735 Replacing a string of nonterminals and/or terminals with a single
8736 nonterminal, according to a grammar rule. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison
8737 Parser Algorithm}.
8738
8739 @item Reentrant
8740 A reentrant subprogram is a subprogram which can be in invoked any
8741 number of times in parallel, without interference between the various
8742 invocations. @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}.
8743
8744 @item Reverse polish notation
8745 A language in which all operators are postfix operators.
8746
8747 @item Right recursion
8748 A rule whose result symbol is also its last component symbol; for
8749 example, @samp{expseq1: exp ',' expseq1;}. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive
8750 Rules}.
8751
8752 @item Semantics
8753 In computer languages, the semantics are specified by the actions
8754 taken for each instance of the language, i.e., the meaning of
8755 each statement. @xref{Semantics, ,Defining Language Semantics}.
8756
8757 @item Shift
8758 A parser is said to shift when it makes the choice of analyzing
8759 further input from the stream rather than reducing immediately some
8760 already-recognized rule. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
8761
8762 @item Single-character literal
8763 A single character that is recognized and interpreted as is.
8764 @xref{Grammar in Bison, ,From Formal Rules to Bison Input}.
8765
8766 @item Start symbol
8767 The nonterminal symbol that stands for a complete valid utterance in
8768 the language being parsed. The start symbol is usually listed as the
8769 first nonterminal symbol in a language specification.
8770 @xref{Start Decl, ,The Start-Symbol}.
8771
8772 @item Symbol table
8773 A data structure where symbol names and associated data are stored
8774 during parsing to allow for recognition and use of existing
8775 information in repeated uses of a symbol. @xref{Multi-function Calc}.
8776
8777 @item Syntax error
8778 An error encountered during parsing of an input stream due to invalid
8779 syntax. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8780
8781 @item Token
8782 A basic, grammatically indivisible unit of a language. The symbol
8783 that describes a token in the grammar is a terminal symbol.
8784 The input of the Bison parser is a stream of tokens which comes from
8785 the lexical analyzer. @xref{Symbols}.
8786
8787 @item Terminal symbol
8788 A grammar symbol that has no rules in the grammar and therefore is
8789 grammatically indivisible. The piece of text it represents is a token.
8790 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8791 @end table
8792
8793 @node Copying This Manual
8794 @appendix Copying This Manual
8795
8796 @menu
8797 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual.
8798 @end menu
8799
8800 @include fdl.texi
8801
8802 @node Index
8803 @unnumbered Index
8804
8805 @printindex cp
8806
8807 @bye
8808
8809 @c LocalWords: texinfo setfilename settitle setchapternewpage finalout
8810 @c LocalWords: ifinfo smallbook shorttitlepage titlepage GPL FIXME iftex
8811 @c LocalWords: akim fn cp syncodeindex vr tp synindex dircategory direntry
8812 @c LocalWords: ifset vskip pt filll insertcopying sp ISBN Etienne Suvasa
8813 @c LocalWords: ifnottex yyparse detailmenu GLR RPN Calc var Decls Rpcalc
8814 @c LocalWords: rpcalc Lexer Gen Comp Expr ltcalc mfcalc Decl Symtab yylex
8815 @c LocalWords: yyerror pxref LR yylval cindex dfn LALR samp gpl BNF xref
8816 @c LocalWords: const int paren ifnotinfo AC noindent emph expr stmt findex
8817 @c LocalWords: glr YYSTYPE TYPENAME prog dprec printf decl init stmtMerge
8818 @c LocalWords: pre STDC GNUC endif yy YY alloca lf stddef stdlib YYDEBUG
8819 @c LocalWords: NUM exp subsubsection kbd Ctrl ctype EOF getchar isdigit
8820 @c LocalWords: ungetc stdin scanf sc calc ulator ls lm cc NEG prec yyerrok
8821 @c LocalWords: longjmp fprintf stderr preg yylloc YYLTYPE cos ln
8822 @c LocalWords: smallexample symrec val tptr FNCT fnctptr func struct sym
8823 @c LocalWords: fnct putsym getsym fname arith fncts atan ptr malloc sizeof
8824 @c LocalWords: strlen strcpy fctn strcmp isalpha symbuf realloc isalnum
8825 @c LocalWords: ptypes itype YYPRINT trigraphs yytname expseq vindex dtype
8826 @c LocalWords: Rhs YYRHSLOC LE nonassoc op deffn typeless typefull yynerrs
8827 @c LocalWords: yychar yydebug msg YYNTOKENS YYNNTS YYNRULES YYNSTATES
8828 @c LocalWords: cparse clex deftypefun NE defmac YYACCEPT YYABORT param
8829 @c LocalWords: strncmp intval tindex lvalp locp llocp typealt YYBACKUP
8830 @c LocalWords: YYEMPTY YYEOF YYRECOVERING yyclearin GE def UMINUS maybeword
8831 @c LocalWords: Johnstone Shamsa Sadaf Hussain Tomita TR uref YYMAXDEPTH
8832 @c LocalWords: YYINITDEPTH stmnts ref stmnt initdcl maybeasm VCG notype
8833 @c LocalWords: hexflag STR exdent itemset asis DYYDEBUG YYFPRINTF args
8834 @c LocalWords: YYPRINTF infile ypp yxx outfile itemx vcg tex leaderfill
8835 @c LocalWords: hbox hss hfill tt ly yyin fopen fclose ofirst gcc ll
8836 @c LocalWords: yyrestart nbar yytext fst snd osplit ntwo strdup AST
8837 @c LocalWords: YYSTACK DVI fdl printindex